7476 lines
217 KiB
C
7476 lines
217 KiB
C
/*
|
||
* tkUnixWm.c --
|
||
*
|
||
* This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
|
||
* application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
|
||
* the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
|
||
* manager.
|
||
*
|
||
* Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||
*
|
||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* A data structure of the following type holds information for each window
|
||
* manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for which a handler (i.e. a Tcl
|
||
* command) has been defined for a particular top-level window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
|
||
Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */
|
||
struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
|
||
/* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
|
||
* same top-level window, or NULL for end of
|
||
* list. */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
|
||
char command[1]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
|
||
* for this protocol arrives. The actual size
|
||
* of the structure varies to accommodate the
|
||
* needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
|
||
* THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
|
||
} ProtocolHandler;
|
||
|
||
#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
|
||
((unsigned) ((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength))
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Data for [wm attributes] command:
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct {
|
||
double alpha; /* Transparency; 0.0=transparent, 1.0=opaque */
|
||
int topmost; /* Flag: true=>stay-on-top */
|
||
int zoomed; /* Flag: true=>maximized */
|
||
int fullscreen; /* Flag: true=>fullscreen */
|
||
} WmAttributes;
|
||
|
||
typedef enum {
|
||
WMATT_ALPHA, WMATT_TOPMOST, WMATT_ZOOMED, WMATT_FULLSCREEN,
|
||
WMATT_TYPE, _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE
|
||
} WmAttribute;
|
||
|
||
static const char *const WmAttributeNames[] = {
|
||
"-alpha", "-topmost", "-zoomed", "-fullscreen",
|
||
"-type", NULL
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
|
||
* information for each top-level window in an application.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct TkWmInfo {
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main Tk information for this
|
||
* window. */
|
||
Window reparent; /* If the window has been reparented, this
|
||
* gives the ID of the ancestor of the window
|
||
* that is a child of the root window (may not
|
||
* be window's immediate parent). If the
|
||
* window isn't reparented, this has the value
|
||
* None. */
|
||
char *title; /* Title to display in window caption. If
|
||
* NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */
|
||
char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */
|
||
XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window
|
||
* manager. */
|
||
char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group
|
||
* (corresponds to hints.window_group).
|
||
* Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
|
||
* updated if leader is destroyed. */
|
||
TkWindow *masterPtr; /* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property,
|
||
* or NULL. */
|
||
Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, or
|
||
* NULL. */
|
||
Tk_Window iconFor; /* Window for which this window is icon, or
|
||
* NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */
|
||
int withdrawn; /* Non-zero means window has been withdrawn. */
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* In order to support menubars transparently under X, each toplevel
|
||
* window is encased in an additional window, called the wrapper, that
|
||
* holds the toplevel and the menubar, if any. The information below is
|
||
* used to keep track of the wrapper and the menubar.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWindow *wrapperPtr; /* Pointer to information about the wrapper.
|
||
* This is the "real" toplevel window as seen
|
||
* by the window manager. Although this is an
|
||
* official Tk window, it doesn't appear in
|
||
* the application's window hierarchy. NULL
|
||
* means that the wrapper hasn't been created
|
||
* yet. */
|
||
Tk_Window menubar; /* Pointer to information about the menubar,
|
||
* or NULL if there is no menubar for this
|
||
* toplevel. */
|
||
int menuHeight; /* Amount of vertical space needed for
|
||
* menubar, measured in pixels. If menubar is
|
||
* non-NULL, this is >= 1 (X servers don't
|
||
* like dimensions of 0). */
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window
|
||
* manager:
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
int sizeHintsFlags; /* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. If the
|
||
* PBaseSize flag is set then the window is
|
||
* gridded; otherwise it isn't gridded. */
|
||
int minWidth, minHeight; /* Minimum dimensions of window, in pixels or
|
||
* grid units. */
|
||
int maxWidth, maxHeight; /* Maximum dimensions of window, in pixels or
|
||
* grid units. 0 to default.*/
|
||
Tk_Window gridWin; /* Identifies the window that controls
|
||
* gridding for this top-level, or NULL if the
|
||
* top-level isn't currently gridded. */
|
||
int widthInc, heightInc; /* Increments for size changes (# pixels per
|
||
* step). */
|
||
struct {
|
||
int x; /* numerator */
|
||
int y; /* denominator */
|
||
} minAspect, maxAspect; /* Min/max aspect ratios for window. */
|
||
int reqGridWidth, reqGridHeight;
|
||
/* The dimensions of the window (in grid
|
||
* units) requested through the geometry
|
||
* manager. */
|
||
int gravity; /* Desired window gravity. */
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Information used to manage the size and location of a window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of window, specified in
|
||
* pixels or grid units. These values are set
|
||
* by the "wm geometry" command and by
|
||
* ConfigureNotify events (for when wm resizes
|
||
* window). -1 means user hasn't requested
|
||
* dimensions. */
|
||
int x, y; /* Desired X and Y coordinates for window.
|
||
* These values are set by "wm geometry", plus
|
||
* by ConfigureNotify events (when wm moves
|
||
* window). These numbers are different than
|
||
* the numbers stored in winPtr->changes
|
||
* because (a) they could be measured from the
|
||
* right or bottom edge of the screen (see
|
||
* WM_NEGATIVE_X and WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and
|
||
* (b) if the window has been reparented then
|
||
* they refer to the parent rather than the
|
||
* window itself. */
|
||
int parentWidth, parentHeight;
|
||
/* Width and height of reparent, in pixels
|
||
* *including border*. If window hasn't been
|
||
* reparented then these will be the outer
|
||
* dimensions of the window, including
|
||
* border. */
|
||
int xInParent, yInParent; /* Offset of wrapperPtr within reparent,
|
||
* measured in pixels from upper-left outer
|
||
* corner of reparent's border to upper-left
|
||
* outer corner of wrapperPtr's border. If not
|
||
* reparented then these are zero. */
|
||
int configWidth, configHeight;
|
||
/* Dimensions passed to last request that we
|
||
* issued to change geometry of the wrapper.
|
||
* Used to eliminate redundant resize
|
||
* operations. */
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Information about the virtual root window for this top-level, if there
|
||
* is one.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Window vRoot; /* Virtual root window for this top-level, or
|
||
* None if there is no virtual root window
|
||
* (i.e. just use the screen's root). */
|
||
int vRootX, vRootY; /* Position of the virtual root inside the
|
||
* root window. If the WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE
|
||
* flag is set then this information may be
|
||
* incorrect and needs to be refreshed from
|
||
* the X server. If vRoot is None then these
|
||
* values are both 0. */
|
||
int vRootWidth, vRootHeight;/* Dimensions of the virtual root window. If
|
||
* vRoot is None, gives the dimensions of the
|
||
* containing screen. This information is
|
||
* never stale, even though vRootX and vRootY
|
||
* can be. */
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Miscellaneous information.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
WmAttributes attributes; /* Current state of [wm attributes] */
|
||
WmAttributes reqState; /* Requested state of [wm attributes] */
|
||
ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for this
|
||
* window (NULL means none). */
|
||
int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */
|
||
const char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND
|
||
* property. NULL means nothing available. */
|
||
char *clientMachine; /* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE
|
||
* property, or NULL. */
|
||
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags, defined below. */
|
||
int numTransients; /* number of transients on this window */
|
||
int iconDataSize; /* size of iconphoto image data */
|
||
unsigned char *iconDataPtr; /* iconphoto image data, if set */
|
||
struct TkWmInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all top-level windows. */
|
||
} WmInfo;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Flag values for WmInfo structures:
|
||
*
|
||
* WM_NEVER_MAPPED - non-zero means window has never been mapped;
|
||
* need to update all info when window is first
|
||
* mapped.
|
||
* WM_UPDATE_PENDING - non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo
|
||
* has already been scheduled for this window;
|
||
* no need to schedule another one.
|
||
* WM_NEGATIVE_X - non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in
|
||
* pixels from right edge of screen, rather than
|
||
* from left edge.
|
||
* WM_NEGATIVE_Y - non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in
|
||
* pixels up from bottom of screen, rather than
|
||
* down from top.
|
||
* WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS - non-zero means that new size hints need to be
|
||
* propagated to window manager.
|
||
* WM_SYNC_PENDING - set to non-zero while waiting for the window
|
||
* manager to respond to some state change.
|
||
* WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE - non-zero means that (x,y) offset information
|
||
* about the virtual root window is stale and
|
||
* needs to be fetched fresh from the X server.
|
||
* WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP - non-zero means that the window is about to be
|
||
* mapped by TkWmMapWindow. This is used by
|
||
* UpdateGeometryInfo to modify its behavior.
|
||
* WM_MOVE_PENDING - non-zero means the application has requested a
|
||
* new position for the window, but it hasn't
|
||
* been reflected through the window manager yet.
|
||
* WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT - non-zero means the colormap windows were set
|
||
* explicitly via "wm colormapwindows".
|
||
* WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows"
|
||
* was called the top-level itself wasn't
|
||
* specified, so we added it implicitly at the
|
||
* end of the list.
|
||
* WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to
|
||
* allow the user to change the width of the
|
||
* window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
|
||
* WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to
|
||
* allow the user to change the height of the
|
||
* window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
|
||
* WM_WITHDRAWN - non-zero means that this window has explicitly
|
||
* been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should
|
||
* not mirror state changes in the master.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#define WM_NEVER_MAPPED 1
|
||
#define WM_UPDATE_PENDING 2
|
||
#define WM_NEGATIVE_X 4
|
||
#define WM_NEGATIVE_Y 8
|
||
#define WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS 0x10
|
||
#define WM_SYNC_PENDING 0x20
|
||
#define WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE 0x40
|
||
#define WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP 0x100
|
||
#define WM_MOVE_PENDING 0x200
|
||
#define WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT 0x400
|
||
#define WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP 0x800
|
||
#define WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE 0x1000
|
||
#define WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE 0x2000
|
||
#define WM_WITHDRAWN 0x4000
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Wrapper for XGetWindowProperty and XChangeProperty to make them a *bit*
|
||
* less verbose.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#define GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, atom, length, type, typePtr, formatPtr, numItemsPtr, bytesAfterPtr, itemsPtr) \
|
||
(XGetWindowProperty((wrapperPtr)->display, (wrapperPtr)->window, \
|
||
(atom), 0, (long) (length), False, (type), \
|
||
(typePtr), (formatPtr), (numItemsPtr), (bytesAfterPtr), \
|
||
(unsigned char **) (itemsPtr)) == Success)
|
||
#define SetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, atomName, type, width, data, length) \
|
||
XChangeProperty((wrapperPtr)->display, (wrapperPtr)->window, \
|
||
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, (atomName)), \
|
||
(type), (width), PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) (data), \
|
||
(int) (length))
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* This module keeps a list of all top-level windows, primarily to simplify
|
||
* the job of Tk_CoordsToWindow. The list is called firstWmPtr and is stored
|
||
* in the TkDisplay structure.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* The following structures are the official type records for geometry
|
||
* management of top-level and menubar windows.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
|
||
static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *parentPtr);
|
||
static void MenubarReqProc(ClientData clientData,
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin);
|
||
|
||
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
|
||
"wm", /* name */
|
||
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
|
||
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
|
||
};
|
||
static const Tk_GeomMgr menubarMgrType = {
|
||
"menubar", /* name */
|
||
MenubarReqProc, /* requestProc */
|
||
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Structures of the following type are used for communication between
|
||
* WaitForEvent, WaitRestrictProc, and WaitTimeoutProc.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct WaitRestrictInfo {
|
||
Display *display; /* Window belongs to this display. */
|
||
WmInfo *wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int type; /* We only care about this type of event. */
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr; /* Where to store the event when it's found. */
|
||
int foundEvent; /* Non-zero means that an event of the desired
|
||
* type has been found. */
|
||
} WaitRestrictInfo;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int ComputeReparentGeometry(WmInfo *wmPtr);
|
||
static void ConfigureEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr,
|
||
XConfigureEvent *eventPtr);
|
||
static void CreateWrapper(WmInfo *wmPtr);
|
||
static void GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
|
||
int *maxHeightPtr);
|
||
static void MenubarDestroyProc(ClientData clientData,
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr);
|
||
static int ParseGeometry(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
static void ReparentEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XReparentEvent *eventPtr);
|
||
static void PropertyEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XPropertyEvent *eventPtr);
|
||
static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *reparentTable);
|
||
static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
|
||
static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *parentPtr);
|
||
static void UpdateCommand(TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
static void UpdateGeometryInfo(ClientData clientData);
|
||
static void UpdateHints(TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
static void UpdateSizeHints(TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
int newWidth, int newHeight);
|
||
static void UpdateTitle(TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
static void UpdatePhotoIcon(TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
static void UpdateVRootGeometry(WmInfo *wmPtr);
|
||
static void UpdateWmProtocols(WmInfo *wmPtr);
|
||
static int SetNetWmType(TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Obj *typePtr);
|
||
static Tcl_Obj * GetNetWmType(TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
static void SetNetWmState(TkWindow*, const char *atomName, int on);
|
||
static void CheckNetWmState(WmInfo *, Atom *atoms, int numAtoms);
|
||
static void UpdateNetWmState(WmInfo *);
|
||
static void WaitForConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
unsigned long serial);
|
||
static int WaitForEvent(Display *display,
|
||
WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, int type, XEvent *eventPtr);
|
||
static void WaitForMapNotify(TkWindow *winPtr, int mapped);
|
||
static Tk_RestrictProc WaitRestrictProc;
|
||
static void WrapperEventProc(ClientData clientData,
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr);
|
||
static void WmWaitMapProc(ClientData clientData,
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr);
|
||
static int WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmCleanup --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to cleanup remaining wm resources associated
|
||
* with a display.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* All WmInfo structure resources are freed and invalidated.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void TkWmCleanup(
|
||
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr, *nextPtr;
|
||
|
||
for (wmPtr = dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; wmPtr = nextPtr) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We can't assume we have access to winPtr's anymore, so some cleanup
|
||
* requiring winPtr data is avoided.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->iconDataPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) {
|
||
Tk_DestroyWindow(wmPtr->menubar);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) {
|
||
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
|
||
ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
|
||
}
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
if (dispPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(dispPtr->iconDataPtr);
|
||
dispPtr->iconDataPtr = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmNewWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked whenever a new top-level window is created.
|
||
* Its job is to initialize the WmInfo structure for the window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* A WmInfo structure gets allocated and initialized.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmNewWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
|
||
memset(wmPtr, 0, sizeof(WmInfo));
|
||
wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
|
||
wmPtr->reparent = None;
|
||
wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr->numTransients = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_window = None;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = wmPtr->hints.icon_y = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = None;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.window_group = None;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Initialize attributes.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.alpha = 1.0;
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->reqState = wmPtr->attributes;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Default the maximum dimensions to the size of the display, minus a
|
||
* guess about how space is needed for window manager decorations.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr->minWidth = wmPtr->minHeight = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->maxWidth = wmPtr->maxHeight = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->widthInc = wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->minAspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.y = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->maxAspect.x = wmPtr->maxAspect.y = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = wmPtr->reqGridHeight = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
||
wmPtr->width = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->height = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
|
||
wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
|
||
wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width
|
||
+ 2*winPtr->changes.border_width;
|
||
wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height
|
||
+ 2*winPtr->changes.border_width;
|
||
wmPtr->configWidth = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->configHeight = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->vRoot = None;
|
||
wmPtr->flags = WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
|
||
wmPtr->nextPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr;
|
||
dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr;
|
||
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
|
||
|
||
UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the
|
||
* window manager.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmMapWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets a
|
||
* chance to update all window-manager-related information in properties
|
||
* before the window manager sees the map event and checks the
|
||
* properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the
|
||
* window after all.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date information
|
||
* to the window manager. The window may also get mapped, but it may not
|
||
* be if this function decides that isn't appropriate (e.g. because the
|
||
* window is withdrawn).
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmMapWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
|
||
* mapped. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
XTextProperty textProp;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
Tcl_DString ds;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. First
|
||
* create the wrapper window that provides space for a menubar.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Store all the window-manager-related information for the window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWmSetClass(winPtr);
|
||
UpdateTitle(winPtr);
|
||
UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr);
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't map a transient if the master is not mapped.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
|
||
wmPtr->withdrawn = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Make sure that we actually set the transient-for property, even
|
||
* if we are withdrawn. [Bug 1163496]
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
UpdateHints(winPtr);
|
||
UpdateWmProtocols(wmPtr);
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
||
UpdateCommand(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
|
||
if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
|
||
&textProp) != 0) {
|
||
unsigned long pid = (unsigned long) getpid();
|
||
|
||
XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display,
|
||
wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, &textProp);
|
||
XFree((char *) textProp.value);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Inform the server (and more particularly any session
|
||
* manager) what our process ID is. We only do this when the
|
||
* CLIENT_MACHINE property is set since the spec for
|
||
* _NET_WM_PID requires that to be set too.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_PID",
|
||
XA_CARDINAL, 32, &pid, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* This window is an icon for somebody else. Make sure that the
|
||
* geometry is up-to-date, then return without mapping the window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
|
||
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
|
||
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Update _NET_WM_STATE hints:
|
||
*/
|
||
UpdateNetWmState(wmPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Map the window, then wait to be sure that the window manager has
|
||
* processed the map operation.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
XMapWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState) {
|
||
WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmUnmapWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The only thing
|
||
* it does special is to wait for the window actually to be unmapped.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Unmaps the window.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmUnmapWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
|
||
* mapped. */
|
||
{
|
||
/*
|
||
* It seems to be important to wait after unmapping a top-level window
|
||
* until the window really gets unmapped. I don't completely understand
|
||
* all the interactions with the window manager, but if we go on without
|
||
* waiting, and if the window is then mapped again quickly, events seem to
|
||
* get lost so that we think the window isn't mapped when in fact it is
|
||
* mapped. I suspect that this has something to do with the window manager
|
||
* filtering Map events (and possily not filtering Unmap events?).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
|
||
WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmDeadWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked when a top-level window is about to be
|
||
* deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data structures for the window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The WmInfo structure for winPtr gets freed up.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmDeadWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if ((WmInfo *) winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr == wmPtr) {
|
||
winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
} else {
|
||
register WmInfo *prevPtr;
|
||
|
||
for (prevPtr = (WmInfo *) winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; ;
|
||
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
/* ASSERT: prevPtr != NULL [Bug 1789819] */
|
||
if (prevPtr->nextPtr == wmPtr) {
|
||
prevPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->iconDataPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
|
||
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
|
||
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr2->withdrawn = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
wmPtr2->icon = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr2->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
|
||
UpdateHints((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) {
|
||
Tk_DestroyWindow(wmPtr->menubar);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The rest of Tk doesn't know that we reparent the toplevel inside
|
||
* the wrapper, so reparent it back out again before deleting the
|
||
* wrapper; otherwise the toplevel will get deleted twice (once
|
||
* implicitly by the deletion of the wrapper).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
|
||
XReparentWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
|
||
XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum), 0, 0);
|
||
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
|
||
ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
|
||
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Reset all transient windows whose master is the dead window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
|
||
wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) {
|
||
wmPtr->numTransients--;
|
||
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr,
|
||
StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, wmPtr2->winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr2->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_TRANSIENT_FOR"));
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so we can
|
||
* recreate the wrapper and get rid of the transient window
|
||
* decorations.
|
||
*/
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/* ASSERT: numTransients == 0 [Bug 1789819] */
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr2 = wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them anymore
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr2 != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr2->numTransients--;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
|
||
StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr);
|
||
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmSetClass --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked whenever a top-level window's class is
|
||
* changed. If the window has been mapped then this function updates the
|
||
* window manager property for the class. If the window hasn't been
|
||
* mapped, the update is deferred until just before the first mapping.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* A window property may get updated.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmSetClass(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
|
||
{
|
||
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->classUid != NULL) {
|
||
XClassHint *classPtr;
|
||
Tcl_DString name, ds;
|
||
|
||
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->nameUid, -1, &name);
|
||
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->classUid, -1, &ds);
|
||
classPtr = XAllocClassHint();
|
||
classPtr->res_name = Tcl_DStringValue(&name);
|
||
classPtr->res_class = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
|
||
XSetClassHint(winPtr->display, winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
classPtr);
|
||
XFree((char *) classPtr);
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&name);
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_WmObjCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/* ARGSUSED */
|
||
int
|
||
Tk_WmObjCmd(
|
||
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
|
||
"command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget",
|
||
"frame", "geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap",
|
||
"iconify", "iconmask", "iconname", "iconphoto",
|
||
"iconposition", "iconwindow", "manage", "maxsize",
|
||
"minsize", "overrideredirect", "positionfrom",
|
||
"protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom", "stackorder",
|
||
"state", "title", "transient", "withdraw", NULL };
|
||
enum options {
|
||
WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS,
|
||
WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FORGET,
|
||
WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP,
|
||
WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
|
||
WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO,
|
||
WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE,
|
||
WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM,
|
||
WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER,
|
||
WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
|
||
int index, length;
|
||
const char *argv1;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr;
|
||
Tk_Window targetWin;
|
||
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (objc < 2) {
|
||
wrongNumArgs:
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
|
||
if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (size_t) length) == 0)
|
||
&& (length >= 3)) {
|
||
int wmTracing;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 2) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
|
||
dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmTracing) {
|
||
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
|
||
} else {
|
||
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (objc < 3) {
|
||
goto wrongNumArgs;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &targetWin) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
winPtr = (TkWindow *) targetWin;
|
||
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) &&
|
||
(index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "TOPLEVEL", winPtr->pathName,
|
||
NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
switch ((enum options) index) {
|
||
case WMOPT_ASPECT:
|
||
return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
|
||
return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_CLIENT:
|
||
return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS:
|
||
return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_COMMAND:
|
||
return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_DEICONIFY:
|
||
return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL:
|
||
return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_FORGET:
|
||
return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_FRAME:
|
||
return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_GEOMETRY:
|
||
return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_GRID:
|
||
return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_GROUP:
|
||
return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP:
|
||
return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONIFY:
|
||
return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONMASK:
|
||
return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONNAME:
|
||
return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO:
|
||
return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION:
|
||
return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW:
|
||
return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_MANAGE:
|
||
return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_MAXSIZE:
|
||
return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_MINSIZE:
|
||
return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT:
|
||
return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM:
|
||
return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_PROTOCOL:
|
||
return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_RESIZABLE:
|
||
return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_SIZEFROM:
|
||
return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_STACKORDER:
|
||
return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_STATE:
|
||
return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_TITLE:
|
||
return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_TRANSIENT:
|
||
return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_WITHDRAW:
|
||
return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This should not happen */
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmAspectCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmAspectCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
||
"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
|
||
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
|
||
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
|
||
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &numer1) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) ||
|
||
(denom2 <= 0)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"aspect number can't be <= 0", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "ASPECT", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1;
|
||
wmPtr->minAspect.y = denom1;
|
||
wmPtr->maxAspect.x = numer2;
|
||
wmPtr->maxAspect.y = denom2;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PAspect;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmSetAttribute --
|
||
*
|
||
* Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Sets the value of the specified
|
||
* attribute.
|
||
*
|
||
* Returns:
|
||
*
|
||
* TCL_OK if successful, TCL_ERROR otherwise. In case of an error, leaves
|
||
* a message in the interpreter's result.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmSetAttribute(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
|
||
WmAttribute attribute, /* Code of attribute to set */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *value) /* New value */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
switch (attribute) {
|
||
case WMATT_ALPHA: {
|
||
unsigned long opacity; /* 0=transparent, 0xFFFFFFFF=opaque */
|
||
|
||
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, value,
|
||
&wmPtr->reqState.alpha)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->reqState.alpha < 0.0) {
|
||
wmPtr->reqState.alpha = 0.0;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->reqState.alpha > 1.0) {
|
||
wmPtr->reqState.alpha = 1.0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!wmPtr->wrapperPtr) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
opacity = 0xFFFFFFFFul * wmPtr->reqState.alpha;
|
||
SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY",
|
||
XA_CARDINAL, 32, &opacity, 1L);
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.alpha = wmPtr->reqState.alpha;
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
case WMATT_TOPMOST:
|
||
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value,
|
||
&wmPtr->reqState.topmost) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE", wmPtr->reqState.topmost);
|
||
break;
|
||
case WMATT_TYPE:
|
||
if (TCL_OK != SetNetWmType(winPtr, value))
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
break;
|
||
case WMATT_ZOOMED:
|
||
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value,
|
||
&wmPtr->reqState.zoomed) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
|
||
wmPtr->reqState.zoomed);
|
||
SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
|
||
wmPtr->reqState.zoomed);
|
||
break;
|
||
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
|
||
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value,
|
||
&wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN",
|
||
wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen);
|
||
break;
|
||
case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: /* NOTREACHED */
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmGetAttribute --
|
||
*
|
||
* Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Returns the current value of the
|
||
* specified attribute.
|
||
*
|
||
* See also: CheckNetWmState().
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static Tcl_Obj *
|
||
WmGetAttribute(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
WmAttribute attribute) /* Code of attribute to get */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
switch (attribute) {
|
||
case WMATT_ALPHA:
|
||
return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->attributes.alpha);
|
||
case WMATT_TOPMOST:
|
||
return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.topmost);
|
||
case WMATT_ZOOMED:
|
||
return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.zoomed);
|
||
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
|
||
return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen);
|
||
case WMATT_TYPE:
|
||
return GetNetWmType(winPtr);
|
||
case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: /*NOTREACHED*/
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
/*NOTREACHED*/
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmAttributesCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command.
|
||
*
|
||
* Syntax:
|
||
*
|
||
* wm attributes $win ?-attribute ?value attribute value...??
|
||
*
|
||
* Notes:
|
||
*
|
||
* Attributes of mapped windows are set by sending a _NET_WM_STATE
|
||
* ClientMessage to the root window (see SetNetWmState). For withdrawn
|
||
* windows, we keep track of the requested attribute state, and set the
|
||
* _NET_WM_STATE property ourselves immediately prior to mapping the
|
||
* window.
|
||
*
|
||
* See also: TIP#231, EWMH.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmAttributesCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
int attribute = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (objc == 3) { /* wm attributes $win */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
|
||
|
||
for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) {
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
|
||
WmGetAttribute(winPtr, attribute));
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
} else if (objc == 4) { /* wm attributes $win -attribute */
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], WmAttributeNames,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, WmGetAttribute(winPtr, attribute));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
} else if ((objc - 3) % 2 == 0) { /* wm attributes $win -att value... */
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], WmAttributeNames,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (WmSetAttribute(winPtr,interp,attribute,objv[i+1]) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-attribute ?value ...??");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmClientCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmClientCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
int length;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
|
||
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
|
||
wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
|
||
"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(length + 1);
|
||
strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
XTextProperty textProp;
|
||
Tcl_DString ds;
|
||
|
||
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
|
||
if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
|
||
&textProp) != 0) {
|
||
unsigned long pid = (unsigned long) getpid();
|
||
|
||
XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
&textProp);
|
||
XFree((char *) textProp.value);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Inform the server (and more particularly any session manager)
|
||
* what our process ID is. We only do this when the CLIENT_MACHINE
|
||
* property is set since the spec for _NET_WM_PID requires that to
|
||
* be set too.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_PID", XA_CARDINAL,
|
||
32, &pid, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmColormapwindowsCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" Tcl
|
||
* command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmColormapwindowsCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Window *cmapList;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr2;
|
||
int count, i, windowObjc, gotToplevel;
|
||
Tcl_Obj **windowObjv, *resultObj;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?windowList?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (XGetWMColormapWindows(winPtr->display,
|
||
wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, &cmapList, &count) == 0) {
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
|
||
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
|
||
if ((i == (count-1))
|
||
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
winPtr2 = (TkWindow *)
|
||
Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, cmapList[i]);
|
||
if (winPtr2 == NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
|
||
Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%lx", cmapList[i]));
|
||
} else {
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr2->pathName, -1));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
XFree((char *) cmapList);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &windowObjc, &windowObjv)
|
||
!= TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
cmapList = ckalloc((windowObjc+1) * sizeof(Window));
|
||
gotToplevel = 0;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) {
|
||
Tk_Window mapWin;
|
||
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i],
|
||
&mapWin) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
ckfree(cmapList);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) mapWin;
|
||
if (winPtr2 == winPtr) {
|
||
gotToplevel = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr2->window == None) {
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr2);
|
||
}
|
||
cmapList[i] = winPtr2->window;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!gotToplevel) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
|
||
cmapList[windowObjc] = wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window;
|
||
windowObjc++;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT;
|
||
XSetWMColormapWindows(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
cmapList, windowObjc);
|
||
ckfree(cmapList);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmCommandCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmCommandCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
int cmdArgc;
|
||
const char **cmdArgv;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
||
char *arg = Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv);
|
||
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(arg, -1));
|
||
ckfree(arg);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
|
||
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
|
||
wmPtr->cmdArgv = NULL;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_COMMAND"));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argv3, &cmdArgc, &cmdArgv) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->cmdArgc = cmdArgc;
|
||
wmPtr->cmdArgv = cmdArgv;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
UpdateCommand(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmDeiconifyCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmDeiconifyCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (objc != 3) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't deiconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "DEICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't deiconify %s: it is an embedded window",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "DEICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmFocusmodelCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmFocusmodelCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"active", "passive", NULL };
|
||
enum options {
|
||
OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE };
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?active|passive?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
wmPtr->hints.input ? "passive" : "active", -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.input = False;
|
||
} else { /* OPT_PASSIVE */
|
||
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateHints(winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmForgetCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This procedure is invoked to process the "wm forget" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmForgetCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
|
||
TkFocusJoin(winPtr);
|
||
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
|
||
TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
|
||
winPtr->flags &=
|
||
~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
|
||
RemapWindows(winPtr, winPtr->parentPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Make sure wm no longer manages this window
|
||
*/
|
||
Tk_ManageGeometry(frameWin, NULL, NULL);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Flags (above) must be cleared before calling TkMapTopFrame (below).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Already not managed by wm - ignore it.
|
||
*/
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmFrameCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmFrameCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Window window;
|
||
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
|
||
|
||
if (objc != 3) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
window = wmPtr->reparent;
|
||
if (window == None) {
|
||
window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
sprintf(buf, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)window);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmGeometryCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmGeometryCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
char xSign, ySign;
|
||
int width, height;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newGeometry?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+';
|
||
ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+';
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth + (winPtr->changes.width
|
||
- winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight + (winPtr->changes.height
|
||
- winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
} else {
|
||
width = winPtr->changes.width;
|
||
height = winPtr->changes.height;
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
|
||
width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, ySign, wmPtr->y));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
|
||
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->width = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->height = -1;
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
return ParseGeometry(interp, argv3, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmGridCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. See the
|
||
* user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmGridCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
||
"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
|
||
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
|
||
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
|
||
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
|
||
* ungridded numbers.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc);
|
||
if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
|
||
wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
|
||
- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
|
||
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) !=TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (reqWidth < 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"baseWidth can't be < 0", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (reqHeight < 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"baseHeight can't be < 0", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (widthInc <= 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"widthInc can't be <= 0", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (heightInc <= 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"heightInc can't be <= 0", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_SetGrid((Tk_Window) winPtr, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc,
|
||
heightInc);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmGroupCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmGroupCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin2;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
int length;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
|
||
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
|
||
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin2)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ensure that the group leader is actually a Tk toplevel.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
tkwin2 = Tk_Parent(tkwin2);
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
|
||
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
|
||
wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(length + 1);
|
||
strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateHints(winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconbitmapCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconbitmapCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Pixmap pixmap;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display,
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap), -1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
|
||
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap != None) {
|
||
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPixmapHint;
|
||
} else {
|
||
pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, (Tk_Window) winPtr, argv3);
|
||
if (pixmap == None) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = pixmap;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateHints(winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconifyCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconifyCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (objc != 3) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "OVERRIDE_REDIRECT",
|
||
NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
winPtr->pathName, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify %s: it is an embedded window",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"couldn't send iconify message to window manager", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconmaskCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconmaskCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Pixmap pixmap;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask),
|
||
-1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
|
||
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_mask != None) {
|
||
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconMaskHint;
|
||
} else {
|
||
pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, tkwin, argv3);
|
||
if (pixmap == None) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = pixmap;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconMaskHint;
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateHints(winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconnameCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconnameCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
int length;
|
||
|
||
if (objc > 4) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
|
||
wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
|
||
strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
UpdateTitle(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconphotoCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconphotoCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
|
||
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
|
||
int i, size = 0, width, height, index = 0, x, y, isDefault = 0;
|
||
unsigned long *iconPropertyData;
|
||
|
||
if (objc < 4) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
||
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
|
||
isDefault = 1;
|
||
if (objc == 4) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
||
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a
|
||
* buffer large enough to hold all images.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
|
||
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
|
||
if (photo == NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* We need to cardinals for width & height and one cardinal for each
|
||
* image pixel.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
size += 2 + width * height;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed
|
||
* memory space. This is an unsigned long array (despite this being twice
|
||
* as much as is really needed on LP64 platforms) because that's what X
|
||
* defines CARD32 arrays to use. [Bug 2902814]
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
iconPropertyData = attemptckalloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * size);
|
||
if (iconPropertyData == NULL) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
memset(iconPropertyData, 0, sizeof(unsigned long) * size);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
|
||
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
|
||
if (photo == NULL) {
|
||
ckfree((char *) iconPropertyData);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"failed to create an iconphoto with image \"%s\"",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "IMAGE", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
|
||
Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Each image data will be placed as an array of 32bit packed
|
||
* CARDINAL, in a window property named "_NET_WM_ICON": _NET_WM_ICON
|
||
*
|
||
* _NET_WM_ICON CARDINAL[][2+n]/32
|
||
*
|
||
* This is an array of possible icons for the client. This spec. does
|
||
* not stipulate what size these icons should be, but individual
|
||
* desktop environments or toolkits may do so. The Window Manager MAY
|
||
* scale any of these icons to an appropriate size.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is an array of 32bit packed CARDINAL ARGB with high byte being
|
||
* A, low byte being B. The first two cardinals are width, height.
|
||
* Data is in rows, left to right and top to bottom. The data will be
|
||
* endian-swapped going to the server if necessary. [Bug 2830420]
|
||
*
|
||
* The image data will be encoded in the iconPropertyData array.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
iconPropertyData[index++] = (unsigned long) width;
|
||
iconPropertyData[index++] = (unsigned long) height;
|
||
for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
|
||
for (x = 0; x < width; x++) {
|
||
register unsigned char *pixelPtr =
|
||
block.pixelPtr + x*block.pixelSize + y*block.pitch;
|
||
register unsigned long R, G, B, A;
|
||
|
||
R = pixelPtr[block.offset[0]];
|
||
G = pixelPtr[block.offset[1]];
|
||
B = pixelPtr[block.offset[2]];
|
||
A = pixelPtr[block.offset[3]];
|
||
iconPropertyData[index++] = A<<24 | R<<16 | G<<8 | B<<0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->iconDataPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->iconDataPtr = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (isDefault) {
|
||
if (winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData;
|
||
winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataSize = size;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData;
|
||
wmPtr->iconDataSize = size;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconpositionCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconpositionCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
|
||
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_y = y;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateHints(winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconwindowCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconwindowCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin2;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
|
||
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(wmPtr->icon));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
|
||
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Remove the icon window relationship. In principle we should
|
||
* also re-enable button events for the window, but this doesn't
|
||
* work in general because the window manager is probably
|
||
* selecting on them (we'll get an error if we try to re-enable
|
||
* the events). So, just leave the icon window event-challenged;
|
||
* the user will have to recreate it if they want button events.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr2->withdrawn = 1;
|
||
wmPtr2->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->icon = NULL;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't use %s as icon window: not at top level",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONWINDOW", "INNER", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"%s is already an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONWINDOW", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr3 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr3->iconFor = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr3->withdrawn = 1;
|
||
wmPtr3->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Disable button events in the icon window: some window managers
|
||
* (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves, but X only allows
|
||
* one application at a time to receive button events for a window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(tkwin2)->event_mask
|
||
& ~ButtonPressMask;
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin2, CWEventMask, &atts);
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
|
||
if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_window = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconWindowHint;
|
||
wmPtr->icon = tkwin2;
|
||
wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
if (!wmPtr2->withdrawn && !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
wmPtr2->withdrawn = 0;
|
||
if (XWithdrawWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin2),
|
||
Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr),
|
||
Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin2)) == 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager",
|
||
-1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
WaitForMapNotify((TkWindow *) tkwin2, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateHints(winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmManageCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmManageCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
|
||
if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" is not manageable: must be a frame,"
|
||
" labelframe or toplevel", Tk_PathName(frameWin)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "MANAGE", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
TkFocusSplit(winPtr);
|
||
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
|
||
winPtr->flags |=
|
||
TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
|
||
TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
|
||
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
|
||
RemapWindows(winPtr, wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Flags (above) must be set before calling TkMapTopFrame (below).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
|
||
} else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Already managed by wm - ignore it.
|
||
*/
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmMaxsizeCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmMaxsizeCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int width, height;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
|
||
|
||
GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->maxWidth = width;
|
||
wmPtr->maxHeight = height;
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
|
||
if (width <= 0 && height <= 0) {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PMaxSize;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PMaxSize;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmMinsizeCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmMinsizeCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int width, height;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
|
||
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minWidth);
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minHeight);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->minWidth = width;
|
||
wmPtr->minHeight = height;
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmOverrideredirectCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" Tcl
|
||
* command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmOverrideredirectCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
int boolean, curValue;
|
||
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(curValue));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (curValue != boolean) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
|
||
* some funky stuff to occur
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False;
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
|
||
&atts);
|
||
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) {
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(
|
||
(Tk_Window) winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr,
|
||
CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmPositionfromCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmPositionfromCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"program", "user", NULL };
|
||
enum options {
|
||
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user/program?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
const char *sourceStr = "";
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USPosition) {
|
||
sourceStr = "user";
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PPosition) {
|
||
sourceStr = "program";
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition);
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (index == OPT_USER) {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PPosition;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USPosition;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PPosition;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmProtocolCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmProtocolCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
|
||
Atom protocol;
|
||
const char *cmd;
|
||
int cmdLength;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Return a list of all defined protocols for the window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
|
||
|
||
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
|
||
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window)winPtr, protPtr->protocol),-1));
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
protocol = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
|
||
if (objc == 4) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Return the command to handle a given protocol.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
|
||
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj(protPtr->command, -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Special case for _NET_WM_PING: that's always handled directly.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "_NET_WM_PING") == 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"may not alter handling of that protocol", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "PROTOCOL", "RESERVED", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
|
||
* specified command, unless the command is empty.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
|
||
prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
|
||
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
} else {
|
||
prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
|
||
if (cmdLength > 0) {
|
||
protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
|
||
protPtr->protocol = protocol;
|
||
protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
|
||
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
|
||
protPtr->interp = interp;
|
||
memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
UpdateWmProtocols(wmPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmResizableCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmResizableCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int width, height;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
|
||
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (width) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE;
|
||
}
|
||
if (height) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmSizefromCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmSizefromCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"program", "user", NULL };
|
||
enum options {
|
||
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user|program?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
const char *sourceStr = "";
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USSize) {
|
||
sourceStr = "user";
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PSize) {
|
||
sourceStr = "program";
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize);
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (index == OPT_USER) {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PSize;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USSize;
|
||
} else { /* OPT_PROGRAM */
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USSize;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PSize;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmStackorderCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmStackorderCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"isabove", "isbelow", NULL };
|
||
enum options {
|
||
OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW };
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?isabove|isbelow window?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
|
||
if (windows != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
|
||
|
||
/* ASSERT: true [Bug 1789819]*/
|
||
for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj((*window_ptr)->pathName, -1));
|
||
}
|
||
ckfree(windows);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
} else {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
Tk_Window relWin;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr2;
|
||
int index1=-1, index2=-1, result;
|
||
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4], &relWin) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) relWin;
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window",
|
||
winPtr2->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" isn't mapped", winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "MAPPED", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" isn't mapped", winPtr2->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "MAPPED", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and
|
||
* find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
|
||
if (windows == NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
|
||
if (*window_ptr == winPtr) {
|
||
index1 = (window_ptr - windows);
|
||
}
|
||
if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) {
|
||
index2 = (window_ptr - windows);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/* ASSERT: index1 != -1 && index2 != -2 [Bug 1789819] */
|
||
ckfree(windows);
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
|
||
result = index1 > index2;
|
||
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
|
||
result = index1 < index2;
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmStateCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmStateCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", NULL };
|
||
enum options {
|
||
OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN };
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 4) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't change state of %s: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (index == OPT_NORMAL) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
|
||
(void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
|
||
} else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) {
|
||
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE",
|
||
"OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "TRANSIENT",
|
||
NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"couldn't send iconify message to window manager",
|
||
-1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
} else { /* OPT_WITHDRAWN */
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
|
||
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager",
|
||
-1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
const char *state;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
state = "icon";
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->withdrawn) {
|
||
state = "withdrawn";
|
||
} else if (Tk_IsMapped((Tk_Window) winPtr)
|
||
|| ((wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
|
||
&& (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState))) {
|
||
state = "normal";
|
||
} else {
|
||
state = "iconic";
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(state, -1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmTitleCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmTitleCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
int length;
|
||
|
||
if (objc > 4) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->title) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->title, -1));
|
||
} else {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1));
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
|
||
wmPtr->title = ckalloc(length + 1);
|
||
strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
UpdateTitle(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmTransientCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmTransientCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, *w;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (masterPtr != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) masterPtr));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
|
||
if (masterPtr != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them
|
||
* anymore
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
|
||
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
|
||
WmWaitMapProc, winPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so we can
|
||
* recreate the wrapper and get rid of the transient window
|
||
* decorations.
|
||
*/
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
|
||
} else {
|
||
Tk_Window masterWin;
|
||
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &masterWin)!=TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
masterPtr = (TkWindow *) masterWin;
|
||
while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
masterPtr = masterPtr->parentPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) masterPtr);
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't make \"%s\" a transient: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (w = masterPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL;
|
||
w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr) {
|
||
if (w == winPtr) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle",
|
||
Tk_PathName(masterPtr)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new
|
||
* master. The event handler will ensure that transient states
|
||
* reflect the state of the master.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
|
||
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
|
||
StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients++;
|
||
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr,
|
||
StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, winPtr);
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL && !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
|
||
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager",
|
||
-1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
|
||
XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display,
|
||
wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
|
||
} else {
|
||
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_TRANSIENT_FOR"));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmWithdrawCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmWithdrawCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (objc != 3) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
|
||
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry
|
||
* update.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Invoked when a MapNotify or UnmapNotify event is delivered for a toplevel
|
||
* that is the master of a transient toplevel.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
WmWaitMapProc(
|
||
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to window. */
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
|
||
TkWindow *masterPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
|
||
if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) {
|
||
(void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
|
||
}
|
||
} else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
|
||
(void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_SetGrid --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid
|
||
* coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. It
|
||
* provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and is
|
||
* usually associated with the -setgrid option.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so that
|
||
* the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on even grid
|
||
* units. If some other window already controls gridding for the
|
||
* top-level window then this function call has no effect.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
Tk_SetGrid(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. New window mgr info will
|
||
* be posted for the top-level window
|
||
* associated with this window. */
|
||
int reqWidth, /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the
|
||
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
|
||
int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
|
||
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
|
||
int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
|
||
* of one grid unit. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (widthInc <= 0) {
|
||
widthInc = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (heightInc <= 0) {
|
||
heightInc = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
|
||
* information.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
|
||
winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
|
||
if (winPtr == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The window is being deleted... just skip this operation.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) && (wmPtr->gridWin != tkwin)) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth)
|
||
&& (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight)
|
||
&& (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc)
|
||
&& (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc)
|
||
&& ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))
|
||
== (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
|
||
* requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel
|
||
* units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the
|
||
* new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have
|
||
* been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle
|
||
* handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just
|
||
* leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid
|
||
* units but just happened to have been specified before this function was
|
||
* called.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
wmPtr->width = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->height = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing all
|
||
* of this information to the window manager.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
|
||
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
|
||
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
|
||
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
|
||
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc;
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_UnsetGrid --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function cancels the effect of a previous call to Tk_SetGrid.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* If tkwin currently controls gridding for its top-level window,
|
||
* gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other window
|
||
* controls gridding then this function has no effect.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
Tk_UnsetGrid(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently
|
||
* controlling gridding. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
|
||
* information.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
|
||
winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
|
||
if (winPtr == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The window is being deleted... just skip this operation.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc);
|
||
if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
|
||
wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
|
||
- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
|
||
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* ConfigureEvent --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to handle ConfigureNotify events on wrapper
|
||
* windows.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Information gets updated in the WmInfo structure for the window and
|
||
* the toplevel itself gets repositioned within the wrapper.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
ConfigureEvent(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Information about toplevel window. */
|
||
XConfigureEvent *configEventPtr)
|
||
/* Event that just occurred for
|
||
* wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
|
||
TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
|
||
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Update size information from the event. There are a couple of tricky
|
||
* points here:
|
||
*
|
||
* 1. If the user changed the size externally then set wmPtr->width and
|
||
* wmPtr->height just as if a "wm geometry" command had been invoked
|
||
* with the same information.
|
||
* 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request coming
|
||
* from us (WM_SYNC_PENDING is set), then don't set wmPtr->width or
|
||
* wmPtr->height if they were previously -1 (otherwise the window will
|
||
* stop tracking geometry manager requests).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (((wrapperPtr->changes.width != configEventPtr->width)
|
||
|| (wrapperPtr->changes.height != configEventPtr->height))
|
||
&& !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) {
|
||
if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("TopLevelEventProc: user changed %s size to %dx%d\n",
|
||
winPtr->pathName, configEventPtr->width,
|
||
configEventPtr->height);
|
||
}
|
||
if ((wmPtr->width == -1)
|
||
&& (configEventPtr->width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it from
|
||
* what the widgets asked for.
|
||
*/
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Note: if this window is embedded then don't set the external
|
||
* size, since it came from the containing application, not the
|
||
* user. In this case we want to keep sending our size requests to
|
||
* the containing application; if the user fixes the size of that
|
||
* application then it will still percolate down to us in the
|
||
* right way.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
|
||
+ (configEventPtr->width
|
||
- winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
if (wmPtr->width < 0) {
|
||
wmPtr->width = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->width = configEventPtr->width;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if ((wmPtr->height == -1)
|
||
&& (configEventPtr->height ==
|
||
(winPtr->reqHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight))) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it from
|
||
* what the widgets asked for.
|
||
*/
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* See note for wmPtr->width about not setting external size for
|
||
* embedded windows.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
|
||
+ (configEventPtr->height - wmPtr->menuHeight
|
||
- winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
if (wmPtr->height < 0) {
|
||
wmPtr->height = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->height = configEventPtr->height - wmPtr->menuHeight;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->configWidth = configEventPtr->width;
|
||
wmPtr->configHeight = configEventPtr->height;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("ConfigureEvent: %s x = %d y = %d, width = %d, height = %d\n",
|
||
winPtr->pathName, configEventPtr->x, configEventPtr->y,
|
||
configEventPtr->width, configEventPtr->height);
|
||
printf(" send_event = %d, serial = %ld (win %p, wrapper %p)\n",
|
||
configEventPtr->send_event, configEventPtr->serial,
|
||
winPtr, wrapperPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.width = configEventPtr->width;
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.height = configEventPtr->height;
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.border_width = configEventPtr->border_width;
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.sibling = configEventPtr->above;
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.stack_mode = Above;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Reparenting window managers make life difficult. If the window manager
|
||
* reparents a top-level window then the x and y information that comes in
|
||
* events for the window is wrong: it gives the location of the window
|
||
* inside its decorative parent, rather than the location of the window in
|
||
* root coordinates, which is what we want. Window managers are supposed
|
||
* to send synthetic events with the correct information, but ICCCM
|
||
* doesn't require them to do this under all conditions, and the
|
||
* information provided doesn't include everything we need here. So, the
|
||
* code below maintains a bunch of information about the parent window.
|
||
* If the window hasn't been reparented, we pretend that there is a parent
|
||
* shrink-wrapped around the window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf(" %s parent == %p, above %p\n",
|
||
winPtr->pathName, (void *) wmPtr->reparent,
|
||
(void *) configEventPtr->above);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->reparent == None) || !ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr)) {
|
||
wmPtr->parentWidth = configEventPtr->width
|
||
+ 2*configEventPtr->border_width;
|
||
wmPtr->parentHeight = configEventPtr->height
|
||
+ 2*configEventPtr->border_width;
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.x = wmPtr->x = configEventPtr->x;
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.y = wmPtr->y = configEventPtr->y;
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
|
||
wmPtr->x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - (wmPtr->x + wmPtr->parentWidth);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
|
||
wmPtr->y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - (wmPtr->y + wmPtr->parentHeight);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Make sure that the toplevel and menubar are properly positioned within
|
||
* the wrapper. If the menuHeight happens to be zero, we'll get a BadValue
|
||
* X error that we want to ignore [Bug: 3377]
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
|
||
XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, 0,
|
||
wmPtr->menuHeight, (unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.width,
|
||
(unsigned) (wrapperPtr->changes.height - wmPtr->menuHeight));
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
if ((wmPtr->menubar != NULL)
|
||
&& ((Tk_Width(wmPtr->menubar) != wrapperPtr->changes.width)
|
||
|| (Tk_Height(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->menuHeight))) {
|
||
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(wmPtr->menubar, 0, 0, wrapperPtr->changes.width,
|
||
wmPtr->menuHeight);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Update the coordinates in the toplevel (they should refer to the
|
||
* position in root window coordinates, not the coordinates of the wrapper
|
||
* window). Then synthesize a ConfigureNotify event to tell the
|
||
* application about the change.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
winPtr->changes.x = wrapperPtr->changes.x;
|
||
winPtr->changes.y = wrapperPtr->changes.y + wmPtr->menuHeight;
|
||
winPtr->changes.width = wrapperPtr->changes.width;
|
||
winPtr->changes.height = wrapperPtr->changes.height - wmPtr->menuHeight;
|
||
TkDoConfigureNotify(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* ReparentEvent --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to handle ReparentNotify events on wrapper
|
||
* windows.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Information gets updated in the WmInfo structure for the window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
ReparentEvent(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Information about toplevel window. */
|
||
XReparentEvent *reparentEventPtr)
|
||
/* Event that just occurred for
|
||
* wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
Window vRoot, ancestor, *children, dummy2, *virtualRootPtr, **vrPtrPtr;
|
||
Atom actualType;
|
||
int actualFormat;
|
||
unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
|
||
unsigned dummy;
|
||
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
|
||
TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
|
||
Atom WM_ROOT = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, "__WM_ROOT");
|
||
Atom SWM_ROOT = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, "__SWM_ROOT");
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Identify the root window for wrapperPtr. This is tricky because of
|
||
* virtual root window managers like tvtwm. If the window has a property
|
||
* named __SWM_ROOT or __WM_ROOT then this property gives the id for a
|
||
* virtual root window that should be used instead of the root window of
|
||
* the screen.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
vRoot = RootWindow(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->screenNum);
|
||
wmPtr->vRoot = None;
|
||
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL);
|
||
vrPtrPtr = &virtualRootPtr; /* Silence GCC warning */
|
||
if ((GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, WM_ROOT, 1, XA_WINDOW,
|
||
&actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, &bytesAfter, vrPtrPtr)
|
||
&& (actualType == XA_WINDOW))
|
||
|| (GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, SWM_ROOT, 1, XA_WINDOW,
|
||
&actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, &bytesAfter, vrPtrPtr)
|
||
&& (actualType == XA_WINDOW))) {
|
||
if ((actualFormat == 32) && (numItems == 1)) {
|
||
vRoot = wmPtr->vRoot = *virtualRootPtr;
|
||
} else if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("%s format %d numItems %ld\n",
|
||
"ReparentEvent got bogus VROOT property:", actualFormat,
|
||
numItems);
|
||
}
|
||
XFree((char *) virtualRootPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
|
||
if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("ReparentEvent: %s (%p) reparented to 0x%x, vRoot = 0x%x\n",
|
||
wmPtr->winPtr->pathName, wmPtr->winPtr,
|
||
(unsigned) reparentEventPtr->parent, (unsigned) vRoot);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Fetch correct geometry information for the new virtual root.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window's new parent is the root window, then mark it as no
|
||
* longer reparented.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (reparentEventPtr->parent == vRoot) {
|
||
noReparent:
|
||
wmPtr->reparent = None;
|
||
wmPtr->parentWidth = wrapperPtr->changes.width;
|
||
wmPtr->parentHeight = wrapperPtr->changes.height;
|
||
wmPtr->xInParent = wmPtr->yInParent = 0;
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.x = reparentEventPtr->x;
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.y = reparentEventPtr->y;
|
||
wmPtr->winPtr->changes.x = reparentEventPtr->x;
|
||
wmPtr->winPtr->changes.y = reparentEventPtr->y + wmPtr->menuHeight;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Search up the window hierarchy to find the ancestor of this window that
|
||
* is just below the (virtual) root. This is tricky because it's possible
|
||
* that things have changed since the event was generated so that the
|
||
* ancestry indicated by the event no longer exists. If this happens then
|
||
* an error will occur and we just discard the event (there will be a more
|
||
* up-to-date ReparentNotify event coming later).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL);
|
||
wmPtr->reparent = reparentEventPtr->parent;
|
||
while (1) {
|
||
if (XQueryTree(wrapperPtr->display, wmPtr->reparent, &dummy2,
|
||
&ancestor, &children, &dummy) == 0) {
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
goto noReparent;
|
||
}
|
||
XFree((char *) children);
|
||
if ((ancestor == vRoot) ||
|
||
(ancestor == RootWindow(wrapperPtr->display,
|
||
wrapperPtr->screenNum))) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->reparent = ancestor;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
|
||
if (!ComputeReparentGeometry(wmPtr)) {
|
||
goto noReparent;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* ComputeReparentGeometry --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to recompute geometry information related to
|
||
* a reparented top-level window, such as the position and total size of
|
||
* the parent and the position within it of the top-level window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The return value is 1 if everything completed successfully and 0 if an
|
||
* error occurred while querying information about winPtr's parents. In
|
||
* this case winPtr is marked as no longer being reparented.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Geometry information in wmPtr, wmPtr->winPtr, and wmPtr->wrapperPtr
|
||
* gets updated.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
ComputeReparentGeometry(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Information about toplevel window whose
|
||
* reparent info is to be recomputed. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
int width, height, bd;
|
||
unsigned dummy;
|
||
int xOffset, yOffset, x, y;
|
||
Window dummy2;
|
||
Status status;
|
||
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
|
||
TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
|
||
|
||
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL);
|
||
(void) XTranslateCoordinates(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
wmPtr->reparent, 0, 0, &xOffset, &yOffset, &dummy2);
|
||
status = XGetGeometry(wrapperPtr->display, wmPtr->reparent,
|
||
&dummy2, &x, &y, (unsigned *) &width, (unsigned *) &height,
|
||
(unsigned *) &bd, &dummy);
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
if (status == 0) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* It appears that the reparented parent went away and no-one told us.
|
||
* Reset the window to indicate that it's not reparented.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->reparent = None;
|
||
wmPtr->xInParent = wmPtr->yInParent = 0;
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->xInParent = xOffset + bd;
|
||
wmPtr->yInParent = yOffset + bd;
|
||
wmPtr->parentWidth = width + 2*bd;
|
||
wmPtr->parentHeight = height + 2*bd;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Some tricky issues in updating wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y:
|
||
*
|
||
* 1. Don't update them if the event occurred because of something we did
|
||
* (i.e. WM_SYNC_PENDING and WM_MOVE_PENDING are both set). This is
|
||
* because window managers treat coords differently than Tk, and no two
|
||
* window managers are alike. If the window manager moved the window
|
||
* because we told it to, remember the coordinates we told it, not the
|
||
* ones it actually moved it to. This allows us to move the window back to
|
||
* the same coordinates later and get the same result. Without this check,
|
||
* windows can "walk" across the screen under some conditions.
|
||
*
|
||
* 2. Don't update wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y unless wrapperPtr->changes.x or
|
||
* wrapperPtr->changes.y has changed (otherwise a size change can spoof us
|
||
* into thinking that the position changed too and defeat the intent of
|
||
* (1) above.
|
||
*
|
||
* (As of 9/96 the above 2 comments appear to be stale. They're being left
|
||
* in place as a reminder of what was once true (and perhaps should still
|
||
* be true?)).
|
||
*
|
||
* 3. Ignore size changes coming from the window system if we're about to
|
||
* change the size ourselves but haven't seen the event for it yet: our
|
||
* size change is supposed to take priority.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING)
|
||
&& ((wrapperPtr->changes.x != (x + wmPtr->xInParent))
|
||
|| (wrapperPtr->changes.y != (y + wmPtr->yInParent)))) {
|
||
wmPtr->x = x;
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
|
||
wmPtr->x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - (wmPtr->x + wmPtr->parentWidth);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->y = y;
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
|
||
wmPtr->y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - (wmPtr->y + wmPtr->parentHeight);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.x = x + wmPtr->xInParent;
|
||
wrapperPtr->changes.y = y + wmPtr->yInParent;
|
||
if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("wrapperPtr %p coords %d,%d\n",
|
||
wrapperPtr, wrapperPtr->changes.x, wrapperPtr->changes.y);
|
||
printf(" wmPtr %p coords %d,%d, offsets %d %d\n",
|
||
wmPtr, wmPtr->x, wmPtr->y, wmPtr->xInParent, wmPtr->yInParent);
|
||
}
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* PropertyEvent --
|
||
*
|
||
* Handle PropertyNotify events on wrapper windows. The following
|
||
* properties are of interest:
|
||
*
|
||
* _NET_WM_STATE:
|
||
* Used to keep wmPtr->attributes up to date.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
PropertyEvent(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Information about toplevel window. */
|
||
XPropertyEvent *eventPtr) /* PropertyNotify event structure */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
Atom _NET_WM_STATE =
|
||
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE");
|
||
|
||
if (eventPtr->atom == _NET_WM_STATE) {
|
||
Atom actualType;
|
||
int actualFormat;
|
||
unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
|
||
unsigned char *propertyValue = 0;
|
||
long maxLength = 1024;
|
||
|
||
if (GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, _NET_WM_STATE, maxLength, XA_ATOM,
|
||
&actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, &bytesAfter,
|
||
&propertyValue)) {
|
||
CheckNetWmState(wmPtr, (Atom *) propertyValue, (int) numItems);
|
||
XFree(propertyValue);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WrapperEventProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked by the event loop when a wrapper window is
|
||
* restructured.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect
|
||
* the structural change.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static const unsigned WrapperEventMask =
|
||
(StructureNotifyMask | PropertyChangeMask);
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
WrapperEventProc(
|
||
ClientData clientData, /* Information about toplevel window. */
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = clientData;
|
||
XEvent mapEvent;
|
||
TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE;
|
||
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
|
||
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->wrapperPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* A top-level window was deleted externally (e.g., by the window
|
||
* manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as
|
||
* best we can. The error handler is needed because
|
||
* Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course
|
||
* it's already gone.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wmPtr->winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
|
||
NULL, NULL);
|
||
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr);
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
}
|
||
if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("TopLevelEventProc: %s deleted\n", wmPtr->winPtr->pathName);
|
||
}
|
||
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ignore the event if the window has never been mapped yet. Such an
|
||
* event occurs only in weird cases like changing the internal border
|
||
* width of a top-level window, which results in a synthetic Configure
|
||
* event. These events are not relevant to us, and if we process them
|
||
* confusion may result (e.g. we may conclude erroneously that the
|
||
* user repositioned or resized the window).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
ConfigureEvent(wmPtr, &eventPtr->xconfigure);
|
||
}
|
||
} else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
|
||
wmPtr->wrapperPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
|
||
wmPtr->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
|
||
XMapWindow(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->window);
|
||
goto doMapEvent;
|
||
} else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
|
||
wmPtr->wrapperPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
|
||
wmPtr->winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
|
||
XUnmapWindow(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->window);
|
||
goto doMapEvent;
|
||
} else if (eventPtr->type == ReparentNotify) {
|
||
ReparentEvent(wmPtr, &eventPtr->xreparent);
|
||
} else if (eventPtr->type == PropertyNotify) {
|
||
PropertyEvent(wmPtr, &eventPtr->xproperty);
|
||
}
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
doMapEvent:
|
||
mapEvent = *eventPtr;
|
||
mapEvent.xmap.event = wmPtr->winPtr->window;
|
||
mapEvent.xmap.window = wmPtr->winPtr->window;
|
||
Tk_HandleEvent(&mapEvent);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TopLevelReqProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked by the geometry manager whenever the
|
||
* requested size for a top-level window is changed.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this
|
||
* happens as a when-idle action).
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/* ARGSUSED */
|
||
static void
|
||
TopLevelReqProc(
|
||
ClientData dummy, /* Not used. */
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->width >= 0) && (wmPtr->height >= 0)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Explicit dimensions have been set for this window, so we should
|
||
* ignore the geometry request. It's actually important to ignore the
|
||
* geometry request because, due to quirks in window managers,
|
||
* invoking UpdateGeometryInfo may cause the window to move. For
|
||
* example, if "wm geometry -10-20" was invoked, the window may be
|
||
* positioned incorrectly the first time it appears (because we didn't
|
||
* know the proper width of the window manager borders); if we invoke
|
||
* UpdateGeometryInfo again, the window will be positioned correctly,
|
||
* which may cause it to jump on the screen.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window isn't being positioned by its upper left corner then we
|
||
* have to move it as well.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y)) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdateGeometryInfo --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked when a top-level window is first mapped, and
|
||
* also as a when-idle function, to bring the geometry and/or position of
|
||
* a top-level window back into line with what has been requested by the
|
||
* user and/or widgets. This function doesn't return until the window
|
||
* manager has responded to the geometry change.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The size and location of both the toplevel window and its wrapper may
|
||
* change, unless the WM prevents that from happening.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdateGeometryInfo(
|
||
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */
|
||
{
|
||
register TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int x, y, width, height, min, max;
|
||
unsigned long serial;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user
|
||
* documentation for details on this, but the size requested depends on
|
||
* (a) the size requested internally by the window's widgets, (b) the size
|
||
* requested by the user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based
|
||
* interactive resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is
|
||
* gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for the toplevel. Don't
|
||
* permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets the X server.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->width == -1) {
|
||
width = winPtr->reqWidth;
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
width = winPtr->reqWidth
|
||
+ (wmPtr->width - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
} else {
|
||
width = wmPtr->width;
|
||
}
|
||
if (width <= 0) {
|
||
width = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Account for window max/min width
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
min = winPtr->reqWidth
|
||
+ (wmPtr->minWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) {
|
||
max = winPtr->reqWidth
|
||
+ (wmPtr->maxWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
} else {
|
||
max = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
min = wmPtr->minWidth;
|
||
max = wmPtr->maxWidth;
|
||
}
|
||
if (width < min) {
|
||
width = min;
|
||
} else if ((max > 0) && (width > max)) {
|
||
width = max;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->height == -1) {
|
||
height = winPtr->reqHeight;
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
height = winPtr->reqHeight
|
||
+ (wmPtr->height - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
} else {
|
||
height = wmPtr->height;
|
||
}
|
||
if (height <= 0) {
|
||
height = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Account for window max/min height
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
min = winPtr->reqHeight
|
||
+ (wmPtr->minHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) {
|
||
max = winPtr->reqHeight
|
||
+ (wmPtr->maxHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
} else {
|
||
max = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
min = wmPtr->minHeight;
|
||
max = wmPtr->maxHeight;
|
||
}
|
||
if (height < min) {
|
||
height = min;
|
||
} else if ((max > 0) && (height > max)) {
|
||
height = max;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's
|
||
* decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border
|
||
* widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't
|
||
* use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result
|
||
* of this code.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
|
||
x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - wmPtr->x
|
||
- (width + (wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width));
|
||
} else {
|
||
x = wmPtr->x;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
|
||
y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - wmPtr->y
|
||
- (height + (wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height));
|
||
} else {
|
||
y = wmPtr->y;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window's size is going to change and the window is supposed to
|
||
* not be resizable by the user, then we have to update the size hints.
|
||
* There may also be a size-hint-update request pending from somewhere
|
||
* else, too.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (((width != winPtr->changes.width)
|
||
|| (height != winPtr->changes.height))
|
||
&& (wmPtr->gridWin == NULL)
|
||
&& !(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PMinSize|PMaxSize))) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS) {
|
||
UpdateSizeHints(winPtr, width, height);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Reconfigure the wrapper if it isn't already configured correctly. A few
|
||
* tricky points:
|
||
*
|
||
* 1. If the window is embedded and the container is also in this process,
|
||
* don't actually reconfigure the window; just pass the desired size on
|
||
* to the container. Also, zero out any position information, since
|
||
* embedded windows are not allowed to move.
|
||
* 2. Sometimes the window manager will give us a different size than we
|
||
* asked for (e.g. mwm has a minimum size for windows), so base the
|
||
* size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got.
|
||
* 3. Can't just reconfigure always, because we may not get a
|
||
* ConfigureNotify event back if nothing changed, so
|
||
* WaitForConfigureNotify will hang a long time.
|
||
* 4. Don't move window unless a new position has been requested for it.
|
||
* This is because of "features" in some window managers (e.g. twm, as
|
||
* of 4/24/91) where they don't interpret coordinates according to
|
||
* ICCCM. Moving a window to its current location may cause it to shift
|
||
* position on the screen.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if ((winPtr->flags & (TK_EMBEDDED|TK_BOTH_HALVES))
|
||
== (TK_EMBEDDED|TK_BOTH_HALVES)) {
|
||
TkWindow *childPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* This window is embedded and the container is also in this process,
|
||
* so we don't need to do anything special about the geometry, except
|
||
* to make sure that the desired size is known by the container. Also,
|
||
* zero out any position information, since embedded windows are not
|
||
* allowed to move.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->x = wmPtr->y = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
|
||
height += wmPtr->menuHeight;
|
||
if (childPtr != NULL) {
|
||
Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) childPtr, width, height);
|
||
}
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display);
|
||
height += wmPtr->menuHeight;
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING) {
|
||
if ((x + wmPtr->xInParent == winPtr->changes.x) &&
|
||
(y+wmPtr->yInParent+wmPtr->menuHeight == winPtr->changes.y)
|
||
&& (width == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width)
|
||
&& (height == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.height)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The window already has the correct geometry, so don't bother to
|
||
* configure it; the X server appears to ignore these requests, so
|
||
* we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the
|
||
* WaitForConfigureNotify call below will hang for a while.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->configWidth = width;
|
||
wmPtr->configHeight = height;
|
||
if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("UpdateGeometryInfo moving to %d %d, resizing to %dx%d,\n",
|
||
x, y, width, height);
|
||
}
|
||
XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, x, y,
|
||
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
|
||
} else if ((width != wmPtr->configWidth)
|
||
|| (height != wmPtr->configHeight)) {
|
||
if ((width == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width)
|
||
&& (height == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.height)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The window is already just the size we want, so don't bother to
|
||
* configure it; the X server appears to ignore these requests, so
|
||
* we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the
|
||
* WaitForConfigureNotify call below will hang for a while.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->configWidth = width;
|
||
wmPtr->configHeight = height;
|
||
if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("UpdateGeometryInfo resizing %p to %d x %d\n",
|
||
(void *) wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, width, height);
|
||
}
|
||
XResizeWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
|
||
} else if ((wmPtr->menubar != NULL)
|
||
&& ((Tk_Width(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width)
|
||
|| (Tk_Height(wmPtr->menubar) != wmPtr->menuHeight))) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* It is possible that the window's overall size has not changed but
|
||
* the menu size has.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(wmPtr->menubar, 0, 0,
|
||
wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width, wmPtr->menuHeight);
|
||
XResizeWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
|
||
} else {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Wait for the configure operation to complete. Don't need to do this,
|
||
* however, if the window is about to be mapped: it will be taken care of
|
||
* elsewhere.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP)) {
|
||
WaitForConfigureNotify(winPtr, serial);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdateSizeHints --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to update the window manager's size hints
|
||
* information from the information in a WmInfo structure.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Properties get changed for winPtr.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdateSizeHints(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
int newWidth,
|
||
int newHeight)
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
XSizeHints *hintsPtr;
|
||
int maxWidth, maxHeight;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
|
||
hintsPtr = XAllocSizeHints();
|
||
if (hintsPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Compute the pixel-based sizes for the various fields in the size hints
|
||
* structure, based on the grid-based sizes in our structure.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &maxWidth, &maxHeight);
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
hintsPtr->base_width = winPtr->reqWidth
|
||
- (wmPtr->reqGridWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
|
||
if (hintsPtr->base_width < 0) {
|
||
hintsPtr->base_width = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
hintsPtr->base_height = winPtr->reqHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight
|
||
- (wmPtr->reqGridHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
|
||
if (hintsPtr->base_height < 0) {
|
||
hintsPtr->base_height = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
hintsPtr->min_width = hintsPtr->base_width
|
||
+ (wmPtr->minWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
|
||
hintsPtr->min_height = hintsPtr->base_height
|
||
+ (wmPtr->minHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
|
||
hintsPtr->max_width = hintsPtr->base_width
|
||
+ (maxWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
|
||
hintsPtr->max_height = hintsPtr->base_height
|
||
+ (maxHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
|
||
} else {
|
||
hintsPtr->min_width = wmPtr->minWidth;
|
||
hintsPtr->min_height = wmPtr->minHeight;
|
||
hintsPtr->max_width = maxWidth;
|
||
hintsPtr->max_height = maxHeight;
|
||
hintsPtr->base_width = 0;
|
||
hintsPtr->base_height = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
hintsPtr->width_inc = wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
hintsPtr->height_inc = wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
hintsPtr->min_aspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.x;
|
||
hintsPtr->min_aspect.y = wmPtr->minAspect.y;
|
||
hintsPtr->max_aspect.x = wmPtr->maxAspect.x;
|
||
hintsPtr->max_aspect.y = wmPtr->maxAspect.y;
|
||
hintsPtr->win_gravity = wmPtr->gravity;
|
||
hintsPtr->flags = wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags | PMinSize;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the minimum and
|
||
* maximum dimensions to be the same.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
|
||
hintsPtr->max_width = hintsPtr->min_width = newWidth;
|
||
hintsPtr->flags |= PMaxSize;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
|
||
hintsPtr->max_height = hintsPtr->min_height =
|
||
newHeight + wmPtr->menuHeight;
|
||
hintsPtr->flags |= PMaxSize;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
XSetWMNormalHints(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, hintsPtr);
|
||
|
||
XFree((char *) hintsPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdateTitle --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to update the window title and icon name. It
|
||
* sets the ICCCM-defined properties WM_NAME and WM_ICON_NAME for older
|
||
* window managers, and the freedesktop.org-defined _NET_WM_NAME and
|
||
* _NET_WM_ICON_NAME properties for newer ones. The ICCCM properties are
|
||
* stored in the system encoding, the newer properties are stored in
|
||
* UTF-8.
|
||
*
|
||
* NOTE: the ICCCM specifies that WM_NAME and WM_ICON_NAME are stored in
|
||
* ISO-Latin-1. Tk has historically used the default system encoding
|
||
* (since 8.1). It's not clear whether this is correct or not.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Properties get changed for winPtr.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdateTitle(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Atom XA_UTF8_STRING = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "UTF8_STRING");
|
||
const char *string;
|
||
Tcl_DString ds;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Set window title:
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
string = (wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid;
|
||
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, string, -1, &ds);
|
||
XStoreName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
|
||
|
||
SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_NAME", XA_UTF8_STRING, 8,
|
||
string, strlen(string));
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Set icon name:
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->iconName, -1, &ds);
|
||
XSetIconName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
|
||
|
||
SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME",
|
||
XA_UTF8_STRING, 8, wmPtr->iconName, strlen(wmPtr->iconName));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdatePhotoIcon --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to update the window photo icon. It sets the
|
||
* EWMH-defined properties _NET_WM_ICON.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Properties get changed for winPtr.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdatePhotoIcon(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
unsigned char *data = wmPtr->iconDataPtr;
|
||
int size = wmPtr->iconDataSize;
|
||
|
||
if (data == NULL) {
|
||
data = winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr;
|
||
size = winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataSize;
|
||
}
|
||
if (data != NULL) {
|
||
SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_ICON", XA_CARDINAL, 32,
|
||
data, size);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* SetNetWmState --
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the specified state property by sending a _NET_WM_STATE
|
||
* ClientMessage to the root window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Preconditions:
|
||
* Wrapper window must be created.
|
||
*
|
||
* See also:
|
||
* UpdateNetWmState; EWMH spec, section _NET_WM_STATE.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#define _NET_WM_STATE_REMOVE 0l
|
||
#define _NET_WM_STATE_ADD 1l
|
||
#define _NET_WM_STATE_TOGGLE 2l
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
SetNetWmState(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
const char *atomName,
|
||
int on)
|
||
{
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
Atom messageType = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE");
|
||
Atom action = on ? _NET_WM_STATE_ADD : _NET_WM_STATE_REMOVE;
|
||
Atom property = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, atomName);
|
||
XEvent e;
|
||
|
||
if (!winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
e.xany.type = ClientMessage;
|
||
e.xany.window = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window;
|
||
e.xclient.message_type = messageType;
|
||
e.xclient.format = 32;
|
||
e.xclient.data.l[0] = action;
|
||
e.xclient.data.l[1] = property;
|
||
e.xclient.data.l[2] = e.xclient.data.l[3] = e.xclient.data.l[4] = 0l;
|
||
|
||
XSendEvent(winPtr->display,
|
||
RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum), 0,
|
||
SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask, &e);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* CheckNetWmState --
|
||
*
|
||
* Updates the window attributes whenever the _NET_WM_STATE property
|
||
* changes.
|
||
*
|
||
* Notes:
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk uses a single -zoomed state, while the EWMH spec supports separate
|
||
* vertical and horizontal maximization. We consider the window to be
|
||
* "zoomed" if _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT and
|
||
* _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ are both set.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
CheckNetWmState(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr,
|
||
Atom *atoms,
|
||
int numAtoms)
|
||
{
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
int i;
|
||
Atom _NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE
|
||
= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE"),
|
||
_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT
|
||
= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT"),
|
||
_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ
|
||
= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ"),
|
||
_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN
|
||
= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen = 0;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < numAtoms; ++i) {
|
||
if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE) {
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 1;
|
||
} else if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT) {
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.zoomed |= 1;
|
||
} else if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ) {
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.zoomed |= 2;
|
||
} else if (atoms[i] == _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN) {
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = (wmPtr->attributes.zoomed == 3);
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdateNetWmState --
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the _NET_WM_STATE property to match the requested attribute state
|
||
* just prior to mapping a withdrawn window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#define NET_WM_STATE_MAX_ATOMS 4
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdateNetWmState(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
Atom atoms[NET_WM_STATE_MAX_ATOMS];
|
||
long numAtoms = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->reqState.topmost) {
|
||
atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE");
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->reqState.zoomed) {
|
||
atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT");
|
||
atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ");
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen) {
|
||
atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE", XA_ATOM, 32, atoms,
|
||
numAtoms);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WaitForConfigureNotify --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked in order to synchronize with the window
|
||
* manager. It waits for a ConfigureNotify event to arrive, signalling
|
||
* that the window manager has seen an attempt on our part to move or
|
||
* resize a top-level window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Delays the execution of the process until a ConfigureNotify event
|
||
* arrives with serial number at least as great as serial. This is useful
|
||
* for two reasons:
|
||
*
|
||
* 1. It's important to distinguish ConfigureNotify events that are
|
||
* coming in response to a request we've made from those generated
|
||
* spontaneously by the user. The reason for this is that if the user
|
||
* resizes the window we take that as an order to ignore geometry
|
||
* requests coming from inside the window hierarchy. If we
|
||
* accidentally interpret a response to our request as a user-
|
||
* initiated action, the window will stop responding to new geometry
|
||
* requests. To make this distinction, (a) this function sets a flag
|
||
* for TopLevelEventProc to indicate that we're waiting to sync with
|
||
* the wm, and (b) all changes to the size of a top-level window are
|
||
* followed by calls to this function.
|
||
* 2. Races and confusion can come about if there are multiple operations
|
||
* outstanding at a time (e.g. two different resizes of the top-level
|
||
* window: it's hard to tell which of the ConfigureNotify events
|
||
* coming back is for which request).
|
||
* While waiting, some events covered by StructureNotifyMask are
|
||
* processed (ConfigureNotify, MapNotify, and UnmapNotify) and all others
|
||
* are deferred.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
WaitForConfigureNotify(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Top-level window for which we want to see a
|
||
* ConfigureNotify. */
|
||
unsigned long serial) /* Serial number of resize request. Want to be
|
||
* sure wm has seen this. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
XEvent event;
|
||
int diff, code;
|
||
int gotConfig = 0;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* One more tricky detail about this function. In some cases the window
|
||
* manager will decide to ignore a configure request (e.g. because it
|
||
* thinks the window is already in the right place). To avoid hanging in
|
||
* this situation, only wait for a few seconds, then give up.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
while (!gotConfig) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
code = WaitForEvent(winPtr->display, wmPtr, ConfigureNotify, &event);
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
if (code != TCL_OK) {
|
||
if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("WaitForConfigureNotify giving up on %s\n",
|
||
winPtr->pathName);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
diff = event.xconfigure.serial - serial;
|
||
if (diff >= 0) {
|
||
gotConfig = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("WaitForConfigureNotify finished with %s, serial %ld\n",
|
||
winPtr->pathName, serial);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WaitForEvent --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is used by WaitForConfigureNotify and WaitForMapNotify
|
||
* to wait for an event of a certain type to arrive.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Under normal conditions, TCL_OK is returned and an event for display
|
||
* and window that matches "mask" is stored in *eventPtr. This event has
|
||
* already been processed by Tk before this function returns. If a long
|
||
* time goes by with no event of the right type arriving, or if an error
|
||
* occurs while waiting for the event to arrive, then TCL_ERROR is
|
||
* returned.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* While waiting for the desired event to occur, Configurenotify,
|
||
* MapNotify, and UnmapNotify events for window are processed, as are all
|
||
* ReparentNotify events.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WaitForEvent(
|
||
Display *display, /* Display event is coming from. */
|
||
WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, /* Window for which event is desired. */
|
||
int type, /* Type of event that is wanted. */
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Place to store event. */
|
||
{
|
||
WaitRestrictInfo info;
|
||
Tk_RestrictProc *prevProc;
|
||
ClientData prevArg;
|
||
Tcl_Time timeout;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Set up an event filter to select just the events we want, and a timer
|
||
* handler, then wait for events until we get the event we want or a
|
||
* timeout happens.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
info.display = display;
|
||
info.wmInfoPtr = wmInfoPtr;
|
||
info.type = type;
|
||
info.eventPtr = eventPtr;
|
||
info.foundEvent = 0;
|
||
prevProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(WaitRestrictProc, &info, &prevArg);
|
||
|
||
Tcl_GetTime(&timeout);
|
||
timeout.sec += 2;
|
||
|
||
while (!info.foundEvent) {
|
||
if (!TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout)) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_RestrictEvents(prevProc, prevArg, &prevArg);
|
||
if (info.foundEvent) {
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WaitRestrictProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is a Tk_RestrictProc that is used to filter events while
|
||
* WaitForEvent is active.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Returns TK_PROCESS_EVENT if the right event is found. Also returns
|
||
* TK_PROCESS_EVENT if any ReparentNotify event is found or if the event
|
||
* is a ConfigureNotify, MapNotify, or UnmapNotify for window. Otherwise
|
||
* returns TK_DEFER_EVENT.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* An event may get stored in the area indicated by the caller of
|
||
* WaitForEvent.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static Tk_RestrictAction
|
||
WaitRestrictProc(
|
||
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to WaitRestrictInfo structure. */
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that is about to be handled. */
|
||
{
|
||
WaitRestrictInfo *infoPtr = clientData;
|
||
|
||
if (eventPtr->type == ReparentNotify) {
|
||
return TK_PROCESS_EVENT;
|
||
}
|
||
if (((eventPtr->xany.window != infoPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window)
|
||
&& (eventPtr->xany.window != infoPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent))
|
||
|| (eventPtr->xany.display != infoPtr->display)) {
|
||
return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
|
||
}
|
||
if (eventPtr->type == infoPtr->type) {
|
||
*infoPtr->eventPtr = *eventPtr;
|
||
infoPtr->foundEvent = 1;
|
||
return TK_PROCESS_EVENT;
|
||
}
|
||
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify || eventPtr->type == MapNotify
|
||
|| eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
|
||
return TK_PROCESS_EVENT;
|
||
}
|
||
return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WaitForMapNotify --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked in order to synchronize with the window
|
||
* manager. It waits for the window's mapped state to reach the value
|
||
* given by mapped.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Delays the execution of the process until winPtr becomes mapped or
|
||
* unmapped, depending on the "mapped" argument. This allows us to
|
||
* synchronize with the window manager, and allows us to identify changes
|
||
* in window size that come about when the window manager first starts
|
||
* managing the window (as opposed to those requested interactively by
|
||
* the user later). See the comments for WaitForConfigureNotify and
|
||
* WM_SYNC_PENDING. While waiting, some events covered by
|
||
* StructureNotifyMask are processed and all others are deferred.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
WaitForMapNotify(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Top-level window for which we want to see a
|
||
* particular mapping state. */
|
||
int mapped) /* If non-zero, wait for window to become
|
||
* mapped, otherwise wait for it to become
|
||
* unmapped. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
XEvent event;
|
||
int code;
|
||
|
||
while (1) {
|
||
if (mapped) {
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
} else if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
code = WaitForEvent(winPtr->display, wmPtr,
|
||
mapped ? MapNotify : UnmapNotify, &event);
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
if (code != TCL_OK) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* There are some bizarre situations in which the window manager
|
||
* can't respond or chooses not to (e.g. if we've got a grab set
|
||
* it can't respond). If this happens then just quit.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("WaitForMapNotify giving up on %s\n", winPtr->pathName);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("WaitForMapNotify finished with %s (winPtr %p, wmPtr %p)\n",
|
||
winPtr->pathName, winPtr, wmPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdateHints --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to update the window manager's hints
|
||
* information from the information in a WmInfo structure.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Properties get changed for winPtr.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdateHints(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
XSetWMHints(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, &wmPtr->hints);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* SetNetWmType --
|
||
*
|
||
* Set the extended window manager hints for a toplevel window to the
|
||
* types provided. The specification states that this may be a list of
|
||
* window types in preferred order. To permit for future type
|
||
* definitions, the set of names is unconstrained and names are converted
|
||
* to upper-case and appended to "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_" before being
|
||
* converted to an Atom.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
SetNetWmType(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *typePtr)
|
||
{
|
||
Atom *atoms = NULL;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
Tcl_Obj **objv;
|
||
int objc, n;
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp = Tk_Interp(tkwin);
|
||
|
||
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, typePtr, &objc, &objv)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_HasWrapper(tkwin)) {
|
||
return TCL_OK; /* error?? */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (objc > 0) {
|
||
atoms = ckalloc(sizeof(Atom) * objc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
|
||
Tcl_DString ds, dsName;
|
||
int len;
|
||
char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[n], &len);
|
||
|
||
Tcl_UtfToUpper(name);
|
||
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, name, len, &dsName);
|
||
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
|
||
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", 20);
|
||
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsName),
|
||
Tcl_DStringLength(&dsName));
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&dsName);
|
||
atoms[n] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", XA_ATOM, 32,
|
||
atoms, objc);
|
||
|
||
ckfree(atoms);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* GetNetWmType --
|
||
*
|
||
* Read the extended window manager type hint from a window and return as
|
||
* a list of names suitable for use with SetNetWmType.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static Tcl_Obj *
|
||
GetNetWmType(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
Atom typeAtom, actualType, *atoms;
|
||
int actualFormat;
|
||
unsigned long n, count, bytesAfter;
|
||
unsigned char *propertyValue = NULL;
|
||
long maxLength = 1024;
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
|
||
Tcl_Obj *typePtr;
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
||
Tcl_DString ds;
|
||
|
||
interp = Tk_Interp(tkwin);
|
||
typePtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(winPtr->wmInfoPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
wrapperPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
|
||
typeAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE");
|
||
if (GetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr, typeAtom, maxLength, XA_ATOM,
|
||
&actualType, &actualFormat, &count, &bytesAfter, &propertyValue)){
|
||
atoms = (Atom *) propertyValue;
|
||
for (n = 0; n < count; ++n) {
|
||
const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, atoms[n]);
|
||
|
||
if (strncmp("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", name, 20) == 0) {
|
||
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, name+20, -1, &ds);
|
||
Tcl_UtfToLower(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, typePtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
|
||
Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)));
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
XFree(propertyValue);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return typePtr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* ParseGeometry --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function parses a geometry string and updates information used to
|
||
* control the geometry of a top-level window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in the interp's
|
||
* result if an error occurs.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The size and/or location of winPtr may change.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
ParseGeometry(
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
|
||
const char *string, /* String containing new geometry. Has the
|
||
* standard form "=wxh+x+y". */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry
|
||
* is to be changed. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int x, y, width, height, flags;
|
||
char *end;
|
||
register const char *p = string;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* The leading "=" is optional.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (*p == '=') {
|
||
p++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update
|
||
* any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire
|
||
* geometry string.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
width = wmPtr->width;
|
||
height = wmPtr->height;
|
||
x = wmPtr->x;
|
||
y = wmPtr->y;
|
||
flags = wmPtr->flags;
|
||
if (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
||
width = strtoul(p, &end, 10);
|
||
p = end;
|
||
if (*p != 'x') {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
p++;
|
||
if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
height = strtoul(p, &end, 10);
|
||
p = end;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Parse the X and Y coordinates, if they are present.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (*p != '\0') {
|
||
flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
|
||
if (*p == '-') {
|
||
flags |= WM_NEGATIVE_X;
|
||
} else if (*p != '+') {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
p++;
|
||
if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '-')) {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
x = strtol(p, &end, 10);
|
||
p = end;
|
||
if (*p == '-') {
|
||
flags |= WM_NEGATIVE_Y;
|
||
} else if (*p != '+') {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
p++;
|
||
if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '-')) {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
y = strtol(p, &end, 10);
|
||
if (*end != '\0') {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an
|
||
* explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers
|
||
* assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore
|
||
* them.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
|
||
flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for
|
||
* the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager
|
||
* at the next idle moment.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->width = width;
|
||
wmPtr->height = height;
|
||
wmPtr->x = x;
|
||
wmPtr->y = y;
|
||
flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
wmPtr->flags = flags;
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
|
||
error:
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"bad geometry specifier \"%s\"", string));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GEOMETRY", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_GetRootCoords --
|
||
*
|
||
* Given a token for a window, this function traces through the window's
|
||
* lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates corresponding to
|
||
* point (0,0) in the window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with the root
|
||
* coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. If a virtual root window is
|
||
* in effect for the window, then the coordinates in the virtual root are
|
||
* returned.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
Tk_GetRootCoords(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
|
||
int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
|
||
int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
|
||
{
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Search back through this window's parents all the way to a top-level
|
||
* window, combining the offsets of each window within its parent.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
x = y = 0;
|
||
while (1) {
|
||
x += winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width;
|
||
y += winPtr->changes.y + winPtr->changes.border_width;
|
||
if ((winPtr->wmInfoPtr != NULL)
|
||
&& (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menubar == (Tk_Window) winPtr)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* This window is a special menubar; switch over to its associated
|
||
* toplevel, compensate for their differences in y coordinates,
|
||
* then continue with the toplevel (in case it's embedded).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuHeight;
|
||
winPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->winPtr;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) {
|
||
TkWindow *otherPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
otherPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
|
||
if (otherPtr == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The container window is not in the same application. Query
|
||
* the X server.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Window root, dummyChild;
|
||
int rootX, rootY;
|
||
|
||
root = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->vRoot;
|
||
if (root == None) {
|
||
root = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen((Tk_Window) winPtr));
|
||
}
|
||
XTranslateCoordinates(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
|
||
root, 0, 0, &rootX, &rootY, &dummyChild);
|
||
x += rootX;
|
||
y += rootY;
|
||
break;
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The container window is in the same application. Let's
|
||
* query its coordinates.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
winPtr = otherPtr;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
|
||
if (winPtr == NULL) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
*xPtr = x;
|
||
*yPtr = y;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_CoordsToWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this function returns
|
||
* the token for the top-most window covering that point, if there exists
|
||
* such a window in this application.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
|
||
* rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
|
||
* window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int PointInWindow(
|
||
int x,
|
||
int y,
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
XWindowChanges changes = wmPtr->winPtr->changes;
|
||
return (x >= changes.x &&
|
||
x < changes.x + changes.width &&
|
||
y >= changes.y - wmPtr->menuHeight &&
|
||
y < changes.y + changes.height);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
Tk_Window
|
||
Tk_CoordsToWindow(
|
||
int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of point in root window. If a
|
||
* virtual-root window manager is in use,
|
||
* these coordinates refer to the virtual
|
||
* root, not the real root. */
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for any window in application; used
|
||
* to identify the display. */
|
||
{
|
||
Window window, parent, child;
|
||
int x, y, childX, childY, tmpx, tmpy, bd;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr, *nextPtr;
|
||
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
|
||
Tk_ErrorHandler handler = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Step 1: scan the list of toplevel windows to see if there is a virtual
|
||
* root for the screen we're interested in. If so, we have to translate
|
||
* the coordinates from virtual root to root coordinates.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
parent = window = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
|
||
x = rootX;
|
||
y = rootY;
|
||
for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL;
|
||
wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (Tk_Screen(wmPtr->winPtr) != Tk_Screen(tkwin)) {
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->vRoot == None) {
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
|
||
parent = wmPtr->vRoot;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Step 2: work down through the window hierarchy starting at the root.
|
||
* For each window, find the child that contains the given point and then
|
||
* see if this child is either a wrapper for one of our toplevel windows
|
||
* or a window manager decoration window for one of our toplevels. This
|
||
* approach handles several tricky cases:
|
||
*
|
||
* 1. There may be a virtual root window between the root and one of our
|
||
* toplevels.
|
||
* 2. If a toplevel is embedded, we may have to search through the
|
||
* windows of the container application(s) before getting to the
|
||
* toplevel.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin), -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
|
||
while (1) {
|
||
if (XTranslateCoordinates(Tk_Display(tkwin), parent, window,
|
||
x, y, &childX, &childY, &child) == False) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We can end up here when the window is in the middle of being
|
||
* deleted
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (child == None) {
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL;
|
||
wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->winPtr->mainPtr == NULL) {
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
if (child == wmPtr->reparent) {
|
||
if (PointInWindow(x, y, wmPtr)) {
|
||
goto gotToplevel;
|
||
} else {
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Return NULL if the point is in the title bar or border.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) {
|
||
if (child == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window) {
|
||
goto gotToplevel;
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED &&
|
||
TkpGetOtherWindow(wmPtr->winPtr) == NULL) {
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* This toplevel is embedded in a window belonging to
|
||
* a different application.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
int rx, ry;
|
||
Tk_GetRootCoords((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, &rx, &ry);
|
||
childX -= rx;
|
||
childY -= ry;
|
||
goto gotToplevel;
|
||
}
|
||
} else if (child == wmPtr->winPtr->window) {
|
||
goto gotToplevel;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
x = childX;
|
||
y = childY;
|
||
parent = window;
|
||
window = child;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
gotToplevel:
|
||
if (handler) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Check value of handler, because we can reach this label from above
|
||
* or below
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
handler = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Step 3: at this point winPtr and wmPtr refer to the toplevel that
|
||
* contains the given coordinates, and childX and childY give the
|
||
* translated coordinates in the *parent* of the toplevel. Now decide
|
||
* whether the coordinates are in the menubar or the actual toplevel, and
|
||
* translate the coordinates into the coordinate system of that window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
x = childX - winPtr->changes.x;
|
||
y = childY - winPtr->changes.y;
|
||
if ((x < 0) || (x >= winPtr->changes.width)
|
||
|| (y >= winPtr->changes.height)) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (y < 0) {
|
||
winPtr = (TkWindow *) wmPtr->menubar;
|
||
if (winPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
y += wmPtr->menuHeight;
|
||
if (y < 0) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Step 4: work down through the hierarchy underneath the current window.
|
||
* At each level, scan through all the children to find the highest one in
|
||
* the stacking order that contains the point. Then repeat the whole
|
||
* process on that child.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
while (1) {
|
||
nextPtr = NULL;
|
||
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
|
||
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (!Tk_IsMapped(childPtr)
|
||
|| (childPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
if (childPtr->flags & TK_REPARENTED) {
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
tmpx = x - childPtr->changes.x;
|
||
tmpy = y - childPtr->changes.y;
|
||
bd = childPtr->changes.border_width;
|
||
if ((tmpx >= -bd) && (tmpy >= -bd)
|
||
&& (tmpx < (childPtr->changes.width + bd))
|
||
&& (tmpy < (childPtr->changes.height + bd))) {
|
||
nextPtr = childPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (nextPtr == NULL) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
x -= nextPtr->changes.x;
|
||
y -= nextPtr->changes.y;
|
||
if ((nextPtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)
|
||
&& (nextPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The window containing the point is a container, and the
|
||
* embedded application is in this same process. Switch over to
|
||
* the toplevel for the embedded application and start processing
|
||
* that toplevel from scratch.
|
||
*/
|
||
winPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(nextPtr);
|
||
if (winPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return (Tk_Window) nextPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
childX = x;
|
||
childY = y;
|
||
goto gotToplevel;
|
||
} else {
|
||
winPtr = nextPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
return (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdateVRootGeometry --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to update all the virtual root geometry
|
||
* information in wmPtr.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, and vRootHeight fields in wmPtr are
|
||
* filled with the most up-to-date information.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdateVRootGeometry(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information to be updated.
|
||
* The wmPtr->vRoot field must be valid. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
|
||
int bd;
|
||
unsigned dummy;
|
||
Window dummy2;
|
||
Status status;
|
||
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If this isn't a virtual-root window manager, just return information
|
||
* about the screen.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE;
|
||
if (wmPtr->vRoot == None) {
|
||
noVRoot:
|
||
wmPtr->vRootX = wmPtr->vRootY = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->vRootWidth = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
|
||
wmPtr->vRootHeight = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Refresh the virtual root information if it's out of date.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
|
||
status = XGetGeometry(winPtr->display, wmPtr->vRoot,
|
||
&dummy2, &wmPtr->vRootX, &wmPtr->vRootY,
|
||
(unsigned *) &wmPtr->vRootWidth,
|
||
(unsigned *) &wmPtr->vRootHeight, (unsigned *) &bd,
|
||
&dummy);
|
||
if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
|
||
printf("UpdateVRootGeometry: x = %d, y = %d, width = %d, ",
|
||
wmPtr->vRootX, wmPtr->vRootY, wmPtr->vRootWidth);
|
||
printf("height = %d, status = %d\n", wmPtr->vRootHeight, status);
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
if (status == 0) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The virtual root is gone! Pretend that it never existed.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->vRoot = None;
|
||
goto noVRoot;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_GetVRootGeometry --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function returns information about the virtual root window
|
||
* corresponding to a particular Tk window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set with the
|
||
* offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding to tkwin. If
|
||
* tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window manager these values
|
||
* correspond to the virtual root window being used for tkwin; otherwise
|
||
* the offsets will be 0 and the dimensions will be those of the screen.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose virtual root is to be
|
||
* queried. */
|
||
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
|
||
* here. */
|
||
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
|
||
/* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Find the top-level window for tkwin, and locate the window manager
|
||
* information for that window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
|
||
&& (winPtr->parentPtr != NULL)) {
|
||
winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
/* Punt. */
|
||
*xPtr = 0;
|
||
*yPtr = 0;
|
||
*widthPtr = 0;
|
||
*heightPtr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Make sure that the geometry information is up-to-date, then copy it out
|
||
* to the caller.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE) {
|
||
UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
*xPtr = wmPtr->vRootX;
|
||
*yPtr = wmPtr->vRootY;
|
||
*widthPtr = wmPtr->vRootWidth;
|
||
*heightPtr = wmPtr->vRootHeight;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_MoveToplevelWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust the x-y
|
||
* location of a top-level window. It delays the actual move to a later
|
||
* time and keeps window-manager information up-to-date with the move
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The window is eventually moved so that its upper-left corner
|
||
* (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative frame, if
|
||
* there is one) is at (x,y).
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */
|
||
int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("Tk_MoveToplevelWindow called with non-toplevel window");
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->x = x;
|
||
wmPtr->y = y;
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry
|
||
* up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server
|
||
* that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
|
||
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdateWmProtocols --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function transfers the most up-to-date information about window
|
||
* manager protocols from the WmInfo structure to the actual property on
|
||
* the top-level window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The WM_PROTOCOLS property gets changed for wmPtr's window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdateWmProtocols(
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Information about top-level window. */
|
||
{
|
||
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
|
||
Atom deleteWindowAtom, pingAtom;
|
||
int count;
|
||
Atom *arrayPtr, *atomPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* There are only two tricky parts here. First, there could be any number
|
||
* of atoms for the window, so count them and malloc an array to hold all
|
||
* of their atoms. Second, we *always* want to respond to the
|
||
* WM_DELETE_WINDOW and _NET_WM_PING protocols, even if no-one's
|
||
* officially asked.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, count = 2; protPtr != NULL;
|
||
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr, count++) {
|
||
/* Empty loop body; we're just counting the handlers. */
|
||
}
|
||
arrayPtr = ckalloc(count * sizeof(Atom));
|
||
deleteWindowAtom = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr,
|
||
"WM_DELETE_WINDOW");
|
||
pingAtom = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, "_NET_WM_PING");
|
||
arrayPtr[0] = deleteWindowAtom;
|
||
arrayPtr[1] = pingAtom;
|
||
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, atomPtr = &arrayPtr[1];
|
||
protPtr != NULL; protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (protPtr->protocol != deleteWindowAtom
|
||
&& protPtr->protocol != pingAtom) {
|
||
*(atomPtr++) = protPtr->protocol;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
SetWindowProperty(wmPtr->wrapperPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS", XA_ATOM, 32,
|
||
arrayPtr, atomPtr-arrayPtr);
|
||
ckfree(arrayPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmProtocolEventProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a ClientMessage
|
||
* event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS". This function handles the
|
||
* message from the window manager in an appropriate fashion.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the protocol.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmProtocolEventProc(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was sent. */
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
|
||
Atom protocol;
|
||
int result;
|
||
const char *protocolName;
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
||
|
||
protocol = (Atom) eventPtr->xclient.data.l[0];
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If this is a _NET_WM_PING message, send it back to the root window
|
||
* immediately. We do that here because scripts *cannot* respond correctly
|
||
* to this protocol.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_PING")) {
|
||
Window root = XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
|
||
|
||
eventPtr->xclient.window = root;
|
||
(void) XSendEvent(winPtr->display, root, False,
|
||
(SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask), eventPtr);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Note: it's very important to retrieve the protocol name now, before
|
||
* invoking the command, even though the name won't be used until after
|
||
* the command returns. This is because the command could delete winPtr,
|
||
* making it impossible for us to use it later in the call to
|
||
* Tk_GetAtomName.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
protocolName = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
|
||
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
|
||
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) {
|
||
Tcl_Preserve(protPtr);
|
||
interp = protPtr->interp;
|
||
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
|
||
result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, protPtr->command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
|
||
if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
||
Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"\n (command for \"%s\" window manager protocol)",
|
||
protocolName));
|
||
Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_Release(interp);
|
||
Tcl_Release(protPtr);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW
|
||
* message then just destroy the window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW")) {
|
||
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function will create a table that maps the reparent wrapper X id
|
||
* for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps. Tk keeps track
|
||
* of a mapping from the window X id to the TkWindow structure but that
|
||
* does us no good here since we only get the X id of the wrapper window.
|
||
* Only those toplevel windows that are mapped have a position in the
|
||
* stacking order.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Adds entries to the passed hashtable.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* TkWindow to recurse on */
|
||
Display *display, /* X display of parent window */
|
||
Tcl_HashTable *table) /* Maps X id to TkWindow */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *childPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) &&
|
||
!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) {
|
||
Window wrapper = (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent != None)
|
||
? winPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent
|
||
: winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window;
|
||
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
||
int newEntry;
|
||
|
||
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, (char *) wrapper, &newEntry);
|
||
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
|
||
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmStackorderToplevel --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function returns the stack order of toplevel windows.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else
|
||
* NULL if there was an error.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWindow **
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevel(
|
||
TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent toplevel window. */
|
||
{
|
||
Window dummy1, dummy2, vRoot;
|
||
Window *children;
|
||
unsigned numChildren, i;
|
||
TkWindow *childWinPtr, **windows, **window_ptr;
|
||
Tcl_HashTable table;
|
||
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
||
Tcl_HashSearch search;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Map X Window ids to a TkWindow of the wrapped toplevel.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
|
||
|
||
window_ptr = windows = ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
|
||
if (windows == NULL) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to
|
||
* call XQueryTree.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
switch (table.numEntries) {
|
||
case 0:
|
||
windows[0] = NULL;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
case 1:
|
||
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search);
|
||
windows[0] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
|
||
windows[1] = NULL;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
vRoot = parentPtr->wmInfoPtr->vRoot;
|
||
if (vRoot == None) {
|
||
vRoot = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen((Tk_Window) parentPtr));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (XQueryTree(parentPtr->display, vRoot, &dummy1, &dummy2,
|
||
&children, &numChildren) == 0) {
|
||
ckfree(windows);
|
||
windows = NULL;
|
||
} else {
|
||
for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++) {
|
||
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) children[i]);
|
||
if (hPtr != NULL) {
|
||
childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
|
||
*window_ptr++ = childWinPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* ASSERT: window_ptr - windows == table.numEntries
|
||
* (#matched toplevel windows == #children) [Bug 1789819]
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
*window_ptr = NULL;
|
||
if (numChildren) {
|
||
XFree((char *) children);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
done:
|
||
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table);
|
||
return windows;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmRestackToplevel --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function restacks a top-level window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmRestackToplevel(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to restack. */
|
||
int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking;
|
||
* must be Above or Below. */
|
||
TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if
|
||
* NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
|
||
* below *all* siblings. */
|
||
{
|
||
XWindowChanges changes;
|
||
unsigned mask;
|
||
TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
|
||
|
||
memset(&changes, 0, sizeof(XWindowChanges));
|
||
changes.stack_mode = aboveBelow;
|
||
mask = CWStackMode;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Make sure that winPtr and its wrapper window have been created.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
wrapperPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (otherPtr != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The window is to be restacked with respect to another toplevel.
|
||
* Make sure it has been created as well.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
changes.sibling = otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window;
|
||
mask |= CWSibling;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Reconfigure the window. Note that we use XReconfigureWMWindow instead
|
||
* of XConfigureWindow, in order to handle the case where the window is to
|
||
* be restacked with respect to another toplevel. See [ICCCM] 4.1.5
|
||
* "Configuring the Window" and XReconfigureWMWindow(3) for details.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
XReconfigureWMWindow(winPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
Tk_ScreenNumber((Tk_Window) winPtr), mask, &changes);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to add a given window to the
|
||
* WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it isn't already
|
||
* there. It is invoked by the Tk code that creates a new colormap, in
|
||
* order to make sure that colormap information is propagated to the
|
||
* window manager by default.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of its
|
||
* nearest top-level ancestor, unless the colormaps have been set
|
||
* explicitly with the "wm colormapwindows" command.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmAddToColormapWindows(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window with a non-default colormap. Should
|
||
* not be a top-level window. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *topPtr;
|
||
Window *oldPtr, *newPtr;
|
||
int count, i;
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->window == None) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) {
|
||
if (topPtr == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (topPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(topPtr->wmInfoPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
wrapperPtr = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Fetch the old value of the property.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (XGetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
&oldPtr, &count) == 0) {
|
||
oldPtr = NULL;
|
||
count = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Make sure that the window isn't already in the list.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
|
||
if (oldPtr[i] == winPtr->window) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. Automatically
|
||
* add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
newPtr = ckalloc((count+2) * sizeof(Window));
|
||
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
|
||
newPtr[i] = oldPtr[i];
|
||
}
|
||
if (count == 0) {
|
||
count++;
|
||
}
|
||
newPtr[count-1] = winPtr->window;
|
||
newPtr[count] = topPtr->window;
|
||
XSetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, newPtr,
|
||
count+1);
|
||
ckfree(newPtr);
|
||
if (oldPtr != NULL) {
|
||
XFree((char *) oldPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to remove a given window from the
|
||
* WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked when
|
||
* windows are deleted.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of
|
||
* its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the top-level itself is being
|
||
* deleted too.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that may be present in
|
||
* WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its
|
||
* top-level. Should not be a top-level
|
||
* window. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *topPtr;
|
||
Window *oldPtr;
|
||
int count, i, j;
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->window == None) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) {
|
||
if (topPtr == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ancestors have been deleted, so skip the whole operation.
|
||
* Seems like this can't ever happen?
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (topPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (topPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup the
|
||
* WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(topPtr->wmInfoPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
wrapperPtr = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
if (wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Fetch the old value of the property.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (XGetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
&oldPtr, &count) == 0) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover it up.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
|
||
if (oldPtr[i] == winPtr->window) {
|
||
for (j = i ; j < count-1; j++) {
|
||
oldPtr[j] = oldPtr[j+1];
|
||
}
|
||
XSetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
oldPtr, count-1);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
XFree((char *) oldPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkGetPointerCoords --
|
||
*
|
||
* Fetch the position of the mouse pointer.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* *xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the (virtual) root coordinates of
|
||
* the mouse pointer for tkwin's display. If the pointer isn't on tkwin's
|
||
* screen, then -1 values are returned for both coordinates. The argument
|
||
* tkwin must be a toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkGetPointerCoords(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Toplevel window that identifies screen on
|
||
* which lookup is to be done. */
|
||
int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
Window w, root, child;
|
||
int rootX, rootY;
|
||
unsigned mask;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
w = wmPtr->vRoot;
|
||
if (w == None) {
|
||
w = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
|
||
}
|
||
if (XQueryPointer(winPtr->display, w, &root, &child, &rootX, &rootY,
|
||
xPtr, yPtr, &mask) != True) {
|
||
*xPtr = -1;
|
||
*yPtr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* GetMaxSize --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for a
|
||
* window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
|
||
* defaulted.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled in with the
|
||
* maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If no
|
||
* maximum has been specified for the window, then this function computes
|
||
* the largest sizes that will fit on the screen.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
GetMaxSize(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Window manager information for the
|
||
* window. */
|
||
int *maxWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current maximum width of
|
||
* the window. */
|
||
int *maxHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current maximum height
|
||
* of the window. */
|
||
{
|
||
int tmp;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) {
|
||
*maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth;
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a bit of
|
||
* extra space for the window manager's borders.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
tmp = DisplayWidth(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->screenNum)
|
||
- 15;
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
tmp = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
|
||
+ (tmp - wmPtr->winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
}
|
||
*maxWidthPtr = tmp;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) {
|
||
*maxHeightPtr = wmPtr->maxHeight;
|
||
} else {
|
||
tmp = DisplayHeight(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->winPtr->screenNum)
|
||
- 30;
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
tmp = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
|
||
+ (tmp - wmPtr->winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
}
|
||
*maxHeightPtr = tmp;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkSetTransientFor --
|
||
*
|
||
* Set a Tk window to be transient with reference to a specified
|
||
* parent or the toplevel ancestor if None is passed as parent.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
TkSetTransientFor(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window parent)
|
||
{
|
||
if (parent == None) {
|
||
parent = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
|
||
while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(parent))
|
||
parent = Tk_Parent(parent);
|
||
}
|
||
/*
|
||
* Prevent crash due to incomplete initialization, or other problems.
|
||
* [Bugs 3554026, 3561016]
|
||
*/
|
||
if (((TkWindow *)parent)->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(((TkWindow *)parent)->wmInfoPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
XSetTransientForHint(Tk_Display(tkwin),
|
||
((TkWindow *)tkwin)->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
((TkWindow *)parent)->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpMakeMenuWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* Configure the window to be either a pull-down menu, a pop-up menu, or
|
||
* as a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Changes the style bit used to create a new Mac toplevel.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkpMakeMenuWindow(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* New window. */
|
||
int typeFlag) /* TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN means menu is only
|
||
* posted briefly as a pulldown or cascade,
|
||
* TK_MAKE_MENU_POPUP means it is a popup.
|
||
* TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF means menu is always
|
||
* visible, e.g. as a torn-off menu.
|
||
* Determines whether save_under and
|
||
* override_redirect should be set, plus how
|
||
* to flag it for the window manager. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
|
||
TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
|
||
Tcl_Obj *typeObj;
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_HasWrapper(tkwin)) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
if (typeFlag == TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF) {
|
||
atts.override_redirect = False;
|
||
atts.save_under = False;
|
||
typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("menu", -1);
|
||
TkSetTransientFor(tkwin, NULL);
|
||
} else {
|
||
atts.override_redirect = True;
|
||
atts.save_under = True;
|
||
if (typeFlag == TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN) {
|
||
typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("dropdown_menu", -1);
|
||
} else {
|
||
typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("popup_menu", -1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
SetNetWmType((TkWindow *)tkwin, typeObj);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* The override-redirect and save-under bits must be set on the wrapper
|
||
* window in order to have the desired effect. However, also set the
|
||
* override-redirect bit on the window itself, so that the "wm
|
||
* overrideredirect" command will see it.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if ((atts.override_redirect!=Tk_Attributes(wrapperPtr)->override_redirect)
|
||
|| (atts.save_under != Tk_Attributes(wrapperPtr)->save_under)) {
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr,
|
||
CWOverrideRedirect|CWSaveUnder, &atts);
|
||
}
|
||
if (atts.override_redirect != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->override_redirect) {
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* CreateWrapper --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to create the wrapper window for a toplevel
|
||
* window. It is called just before a toplevel is mapped for the first
|
||
* time.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The wrapper is created and the toplevel is reparented inside it.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
CreateWrapper(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information for the
|
||
* window. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, *wrapperPtr;
|
||
Window parent;
|
||
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
||
int new;
|
||
|
||
winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
|
||
if (winPtr->window == None) {
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* The code below is copied from CreateTopLevelWindow, Tk_MakeWindowExist,
|
||
* and TkpMakeWindow. The idea is to create an "official" Tk window (so
|
||
* that we can get events on it), but to hide the window outside the
|
||
* official Tk hierarchy so that it isn't visible to the application. See
|
||
* the comments for the other functions if you have questions about this
|
||
* code.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->wrapperPtr = wrapperPtr = TkAllocWindow(winPtr->dispPtr,
|
||
Tk_ScreenNumber((Tk_Window) winPtr), winPtr);
|
||
wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts |= CWBorderPixel;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Tk doesn't normally select for StructureNotifyMask events because the
|
||
* events are synthesized internally. However, for wrapper windows we need
|
||
* to know when the window manager modifies the window configuration. We
|
||
* also need to select on focus change events; these are the only windows
|
||
* for which we care about focus changes.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wrapperPtr->flags |= TK_WRAPPER;
|
||
wrapperPtr->atts.event_mask |= StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask;
|
||
wrapperPtr->atts.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
parent = TkUnixContainerId(winPtr);
|
||
} else {
|
||
parent = XRootWindow(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->screenNum);
|
||
}
|
||
wrapperPtr->window = XCreateWindow(wrapperPtr->display,
|
||
parent, wrapperPtr->changes.x, wrapperPtr->changes.y,
|
||
(unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.width,
|
||
(unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.height,
|
||
(unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.border_width, wrapperPtr->depth,
|
||
InputOutput, wrapperPtr->visual,
|
||
wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts|CWOverrideRedirect, &wrapperPtr->atts);
|
||
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&wrapperPtr->dispPtr->winTable,
|
||
(char *) wrapperPtr->window, &new);
|
||
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, wrapperPtr);
|
||
wrapperPtr->mainPtr = winPtr->mainPtr;
|
||
wrapperPtr->mainPtr->refCount++;
|
||
wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts = 0;
|
||
wrapperPtr->dirtyChanges = 0;
|
||
wrapperPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Reparent the toplevel window inside the wrapper.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
XReparentWindow(wrapperPtr->display, winPtr->window, wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
0, 0);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Tk must monitor structure events for wrapper windows in order to detect
|
||
* changes made by window managers such as resizing, mapping, unmapping,
|
||
* etc..
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr,
|
||
WrapperEventMask, WrapperEventProc, wmPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmFocusToplevel --
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. The focus
|
||
* code responds to externally generated focus-related events on wrapper
|
||
* windows but ignores those events for any other windows. This function
|
||
* determines whether a given window is a wrapper window and, if so,
|
||
* returns the toplevel window corresponding to the wrapper.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* If winPtr is a wrapper window, returns a pointer to the corresponding
|
||
* toplevel window; otherwise returns NULL.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWindow *
|
||
TkWmFocusToplevel(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that received a focus-related
|
||
* event. */
|
||
{
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_WRAPPER)) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->winPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkUnixSetMenubar --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked by menu management code to specify the window
|
||
* to use as a menubar for a given toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The window given by menubar will be mapped and positioned inside the
|
||
* wrapper for tkwin and above tkwin. Menubar will automatically be
|
||
* resized to maintain the height specified by TkUnixSetMenuHeight the
|
||
* same width as tkwin. Any previous menubar specified for tkwin will be
|
||
* unmapped and ignored from now on.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkUnixSetMenubar(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for toplevel window. */
|
||
Tk_Window menubar) /* Token for window that is to serve as
|
||
* menubar for tkwin. Must not be a toplevel
|
||
* window. If NULL, any existing menubar is
|
||
* canceled and the menu height is reset to
|
||
* 0. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Tk_Window parent;
|
||
TkWindow *menubarPtr = (TkWindow *) menubar;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Could be a Frame (i.e. not a toplevel).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* There's already a menubar for this toplevel. If it isn't the same
|
||
* as the new menubar, unmap it so that it is out of the way, and
|
||
* reparent it back to its original parent.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->menubar == menubar) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
((TkWindow *) wmPtr->menubar)->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
|
||
((TkWindow *) wmPtr->menubar)->flags &= ~TK_REPARENTED;
|
||
Tk_UnmapWindow(wmPtr->menubar);
|
||
parent = Tk_Parent(wmPtr->menubar);
|
||
if (parent != NULL) {
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist(parent);
|
||
XReparentWindow(Tk_Display(wmPtr->menubar),
|
||
Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->menubar), Tk_WindowId(parent), 0, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(wmPtr->menubar, StructureNotifyMask,
|
||
MenubarDestroyProc, wmPtr->menubar);
|
||
Tk_ManageGeometry(wmPtr->menubar, NULL, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->menubar = menubar;
|
||
if (menubar == NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr->menuHeight = 0;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if ((menubarPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)
|
||
|| (Tk_Screen(menubar) != Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("TkUnixSetMenubar got bad menubar");
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->menuHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(menubar);
|
||
if (wmPtr->menuHeight == 0) {
|
||
wmPtr->menuHeight = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist(menubar);
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
|
||
CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
XReparentWindow(Tk_Display(menubar), Tk_WindowId(menubar),
|
||
wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, 0, 0);
|
||
menubarPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
|
||
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(menubar, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), wmPtr->menuHeight);
|
||
Tk_MapWindow(menubar);
|
||
Tk_CreateEventHandler(menubar, StructureNotifyMask,
|
||
MenubarDestroyProc, menubar);
|
||
Tk_ManageGeometry(menubar, &menubarMgrType, wmPtr);
|
||
menubarPtr->flags |= TK_REPARENTED;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, tkwin);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* MenubarDestroyProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked by the event dispatcher whenever a menubar
|
||
* window is destroyed (it's also invoked for a few other kinds of
|
||
* events, but we ignore those).
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The association between the window and its toplevel is broken, so that
|
||
* the window is no longer considered to be a menubar.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
MenubarDestroyProc(
|
||
ClientData clientData, /* TkWindow pointer for menubar. */
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) clientData)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
wmPtr->menubar = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr->menuHeight = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, wmPtr->winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* MenubarReqProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked by the Tk geometry management code whenever a
|
||
* menubar calls Tk_GeometryRequest to request a new size.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
MenubarReqProc(
|
||
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the window manager information
|
||
* for tkwin's toplevel. */
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Handle for menubar window. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = clientData;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->menuHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin);
|
||
if (wmPtr->menuHeight <= 0) {
|
||
wmPtr->menuHeight = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, wmPtr->winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpGetWrapperWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* Given a toplevel window return the hidden wrapper window for the
|
||
* toplevel window if available.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The wrapper window. NULL is we were not passed a toplevel window or
|
||
* the wrapper has yet to be created.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWindow *
|
||
TkpGetWrapperWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* A toplevel window pointer. */
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if ((winPtr == NULL) || (wmPtr == NULL)) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdateCommand --
|
||
*
|
||
* Update the WM_COMMAND property, taking care to translate the command
|
||
* strings into the external encoding.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdateCommand(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Tcl_DString cmds, ds;
|
||
int i, *offsets;
|
||
char **cmdArgv;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Translate the argv strings into the external encoding. To avoid
|
||
* allocating lots of memory, the strings are appended to a buffer with
|
||
* nulls between each string.
|
||
*
|
||
* This code is tricky because we need to pass and array of pointers to
|
||
* XSetCommand. However, we can't compute the pointers as we go because
|
||
* the DString buffer space could get reallocated. So, store offsets for
|
||
* each element as we go, then compute pointers from the offsets once the
|
||
* entire DString is done.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
cmdArgv = ckalloc(sizeof(char *) * wmPtr->cmdArgc);
|
||
offsets = ckalloc(sizeof(int) * wmPtr->cmdArgc);
|
||
Tcl_DStringInit(&cmds);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmdArgc; i++) {
|
||
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->cmdArgv[i], -1, &ds);
|
||
offsets[i] = Tcl_DStringLength(&cmds);
|
||
Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmds, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
|
||
Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)+1);
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
|
||
}
|
||
cmdArgv[0] = Tcl_DStringValue(&cmds);
|
||
for (i = 1; i < wmPtr->cmdArgc; i++) {
|
||
cmdArgv[i] = cmdArgv[0] + offsets[i];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
XSetCommand(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
cmdArgv, wmPtr->cmdArgc);
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&cmds);
|
||
ckfree(cmdArgv);
|
||
ckfree(offsets);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWmSetState --
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a given
|
||
* toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* 0 on error, 1 otherwise
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May minimize, restore, or withdraw a window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
TkpWmSetState(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */
|
||
int state) /* One of IconicState, NormalState, or
|
||
* WithdrawnState. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (state == WithdrawnState) {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
|
||
wmPtr->withdrawn = 1;
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (XWithdrawWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
winPtr->screenNum) == 0) {
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0);
|
||
} else if (state == NormalState) {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
|
||
wmPtr->withdrawn = 0;
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateHints(winPtr);
|
||
Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
} else if (state == IconicState) {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = IconicState;
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->withdrawn) {
|
||
UpdateHints(winPtr);
|
||
Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->withdrawn = 0;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (XIconifyWindow(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
|
||
winPtr->screenNum) == 0) {
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
WaitForMapNotify(winPtr, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* RemapWindows
|
||
*
|
||
* Adjust parent/child relationships of the given window hierarchy.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Keeps windowing system (X11) happy
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
RemapWindows(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
TkWindow *parentPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
XWindowAttributes win_attr;
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->window) {
|
||
XGetWindowAttributes(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, &win_attr);
|
||
if (parentPtr == NULL) {
|
||
XReparentWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
|
||
XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum),
|
||
win_attr.x, win_attr.y);
|
||
} else if (parentPtr->window) {
|
||
XReparentWindow(parentPtr->display, winPtr->window,
|
||
parentPtr->window,
|
||
win_attr.x, win_attr.y);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Local Variables:
|
||
* mode: c
|
||
* c-basic-offset: 4
|
||
* fill-column: 78
|
||
* End:
|
||
*/
|